WO2017100819A1 - Modular syntheses of discoipyrrole type alkaloids and analogues - Google Patents

Modular syntheses of discoipyrrole type alkaloids and analogues Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017100819A1
WO2017100819A1 PCT/AU2016/000397 AU2016000397W WO2017100819A1 WO 2017100819 A1 WO2017100819 A1 WO 2017100819A1 AU 2016000397 W AU2016000397 W AU 2016000397W WO 2017100819 A1 WO2017100819 A1 WO 2017100819A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
optionally substituted
group
alkyl
cycloalkyl
aryl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/AU2016/000397
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Martin Gerhardt Banwell
Yiwen Zhang
Original Assignee
The Australian National University
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from AU2015905151A external-priority patent/AU2015905151A0/en
Application filed by The Australian National University filed Critical The Australian National University
Publication of WO2017100819A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017100819A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D498/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D498/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D498/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/323Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods for preparing a variety of discoipyrrole compounds and analogues using an oxidative cyclisation reaction as one of the steps.
  • the present invention also relates to novel discoipyrrole analogues, pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, and to their use in therapy, in particular in the treatment of disease states or conditions mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
  • DDR2 discoidin domain receptor 2
  • Discoipyrroles 1, 2 and 4 are the first examples of natural products that embody a 3H-benzo[d]pvrrole[l ,3]oxazine-3,5-dione core. All four compounds proved to be particularly strong inhibitors of the discoidin domain receptor 2 or DDR2-dependent migration of BR5 fibroblasts (Y. Hu, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2013, 135, 13387). They also show selective cytotoxicity towards DDR2 mutant lung cancer cell lines (IC 50 120- 400 nM). As such, these natural products and their analogues could provide important new tools for interrogating the DDR2 signaling pathway, one that has been implicated in various cancers (C. E.
  • racemic discoipyrroles The biogenesis of the racemic discoipyrroles is believed to be nonenzymic in nature and involves, in the case of compound 1 for example, oxidative coupling of 2- hydroxy- l -(/7-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methylhexan-3-one and />-hydroxybenzaldehyde with the resulting 1 ,3,4-trione engaging in successive inter- then intra-molecular condensation reactions with the amine and carboxylic acid residues, respectively, of anthranilic acid (Y. Hu, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2013, 135, 13387; D. A. Colosimo et al, . Am. Chem. Soc, 2016, 138, 2383;).
  • the present invention provides a process for the preparation of compounds of general Formula (I), via oxidati ve cyclisation of compounds of Formula (II).
  • n is 0 or 1 ;
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C3. 7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Qwheterocycloalkyl, and C 1 -6 haloalkyl;
  • R A1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ehaloalkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C ⁇ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when m is 1 ,
  • R and R may optionally together form a bond and R and R A4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A1 R A2 C-CR A3 R A4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ⁇ ; or when m and n are both 1 ,
  • R A4 and R A5 may optionally together form a bond and R A3 and
  • R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " ; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3. 7 cycloa.kyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or 4 5
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci -6 haloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • a second aspect of the invention provides for a compound of Formula (I) as defined in the first aspect of the invention, prepared according to the first aspect of the invention.
  • a third aspect of the invention provides for a compound of Formula (I)
  • n 0 or 1 :
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3- 7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl;
  • RA1-A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted d ⁇ alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaiyl, -CN, - C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or wh en m i s 1 ,
  • R A2 and R ' 3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and
  • R A2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A1 R A2 C-CR A3 R A4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " ; or when m and n are both 1 ,
  • R A4 and R A5 may optionally together form a bond and R A3 and R A6 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " ;
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted Cwcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3 . 7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, optionally substituted Cwcycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci ⁇ haloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • a fourth aspect of the invention provides for a compound of Formula (II)
  • n 0 or 1
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci_f,alkoxy, optionally substituted C3_ 7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C .
  • a 1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C -7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when m is 1 ,
  • R A2 and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and R A4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A1 R A2 C-CR A3 R A4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " ; or when m and n are both 1 , (i) R A4 and R A5 may optionally together form a bond and R A3 and
  • R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " ;
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • a fifth aspect of the invention provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • U 1 and IT are independently selected from Br, I, CF 3 S0 3 - and CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3 -7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C ⁇ haloalkyl;
  • R R 3 and p are as defined herein; a compound of Formula (IVb):
  • R 10 and R n are each independently H or C 1-6 alkyl; or
  • R 10 and R 1 1 together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more Ci -3 alkyl; R 4 and q are as defined herein; a compound of Formula (Vb): C0 2 R 3
  • R s and r are as defined herein: and a compound of Formula (Vllb):
  • a sixth aspect of the invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or diluent.
  • a seventh aspect of the invention provides for a method for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the sixth aspect of the invention.
  • DDR2 discoidin domain receptor 2
  • An eighth aspect of the invention provides for use of a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
  • DDR2 discoidin domain receptor 2
  • a ninth aspect of the invention provides for a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
  • DDR2 discoidin domain receptor 2
  • the disease state or condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer, osteoarthritis, fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, cartilage injury, chronoidal neovascularization and liver cirrhosis.
  • alkyl includes within its meaning monovalent (“alkyl”) and divalent (“alkylene”) straight chain or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl includes within its meaning monovalent (“alkyl”) and divalent (“alkylene”) straight chain or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms.
  • the straight chain or branched alkyl group is attached at any available point to produce a stable compound.
  • alkyl includes, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, amyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1 , 1 -dimethylpropyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1 -methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropyl,
  • alkoxy refers to straight chain or branched alkyloxy (i.e, O-alkyl) groups, wherein alkyl is as defined above.
  • alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, and isopropoxy.
  • cycloalkyl as used herein includes within its meaning monovalent (“cycloalkyl”) and divalent (“cycloalkylene”) saturated, monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic or fused analogs.
  • the cycloalkyl group may have from 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a fused analog of a cycloalkyl means a monocyclic ring fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group in which the point of attachment is on the non-aromatic portion.
  • cycloalkyl and fused analogs thereof include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, decahydronaphthyl, indanyl, and the like.
  • aryl or variants such as “arylene” as used herein refers to monovalent (“aryl”) and divalent (“arylene”) single, polynuclear, conjugated and fused analogs of aromatic hydrocarbons having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a fused analog of aryl means an aryl group fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl or monocyclic heterocyclyl group in which the point of attachment is on the aromatic portion.
  • aryl and fused analogs thereof include phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzopyranyl, 1,3-benzodioxole, 1 ,4-benzodioxanyl, and the like.
  • a "substituted aryl” is an aryl that is independently substituted, with one or more, preferably 1, 2 or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound.
  • alkylaiyl as used herein, includes within its meaning monovalent (“aryl”) and divalent (“arylene”), single, polynuclear, conjugated and fused aromatic hydrocarbon radicals attached to divalent, saturated, straight or branched chain alkylene radicals.
  • alkylaryl groups include benzyl.
  • heteroaryl and variants such as “heteroaromatic group” or “heteroarylene” as used herein, includes within its meaning monovalent (“heteroaryl”) and divalent (“heteroarylene”), single, polynuclear, conjugated and fused heteroaromatic radicals having from 5 to 10 atoms, wherein 1 to 4 ring atoms, or 1 to 2 ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH and S. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfmyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen.
  • a carbon or nitrogen atom is the point of attachment of the heteroaryl ring structure such that a stable compound is produced.
  • the heteiOaromatic group may be C 4-9 heteroaromatic.
  • a fused analog of heteroaryl means a heteroaryl group fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl or monocyclic heterocyclyl group in which the point of attachment is on the aromatic portion.
  • heteroaryl groups and fused analogs thereof include pyrazolyl, pyridyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, furo(2,3-b)pyridyl, quinolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, 2,2'-bipyridyl, phenanthrolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, and the like
  • Nonrogen containing heteroaryl refers to heteroaryl wherein any heteroatoms are N.
  • a “substituted heteroaryl” is a heteroaryl that is independently substituted, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2 or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound.
  • heterocyclyl and variants such as “heterocycloalkyl” as used herein, includes within its meaning monovalent (“heterocyclyl”) and divalent (“heterocyclylene”), saturated, monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic or fused hydrocarbon radicals having from 3 to 10 ring atoms, wherein from 1 to 5, or from 1 to 3, ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, or S, in which the point of attachment may be carbon or nitrogen.
  • a fused analog of heterocyclyl means a monocyclic heterocycle fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group in which the point of attachment is on the non-aromatic portion.
  • the heterocyclyl group may be C 3- 9 heterocyclyl.
  • the heterocycloalkyl group may be C 3-6 heterocyclyl.
  • the heterocyclyl group may be C 3-5 heterocyclyl.
  • Examples of heterocyclyl groups and fused analogs thereof include aziridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2,3-dihydrofuro(2,3-b)pyridyl, benzoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydroindolyl, quinuclidinyl, azetidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, and the like.
  • the term also includes partially unsaturated monocyclic rings that are not aromatic,
  • amino refers to groups of the form -NR a R b wherein R a and R b are individually selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted (Ci -4 )alkyl, optionally substituted (C 2- 4)alkenyl, optionally substituted (C 2- 4)alkynyl, optionally substituted (C6-io)aryl and optionally substituted aralkyl groups, such as benzyl.
  • the amino group may be a primary, secondary or tertiary amino group.
  • halogen or variants such as “halide” or “halo” as used herein refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • heteroatom or variants such as “hetero-” or “heterogroup” as used herein refers to O, N, NH and S,
  • substituted refers to an organic group as defined herein (e.g., an alkyl group) in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms.
  • Substituted groups also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom are replaced by one or more bonds, including double or triple bonds, to a heteroatom.
  • a substituted group will be substituted with one or more substituents, unless otherwise specified.
  • a substituted group is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 substituents.
  • alkyl alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkynyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkenyloxy, haloalkoxy, haloalkenyloxy, N0 2 , NH(alkyl), N(alkyl) 2 , nitroalkyl, nitroalkenyl, nitroalkynyl, nitroheterocyclyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkenylamine, alkynylamino, acyl, alkenoyl, alkynoyl, acylamino, diacylamino,
  • Preferred substituents include halogen, Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C Cehaloalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, hydroxy(C 1-6 )alkyl, C 3 -C 6 cycloalkyl, C(0)H, C(0)OH, NHC(0)H, NHC(0)C]-C 4 alkyl, C(0)Ci-C 4 alkyl, NH 2 , NHCi-C 4 alkyl, N(Ci-C 4 alkyl) 2 , N0 2 , OH and CN.
  • Particularly preferred substituents include C 1-3 alkyl, C 1- alkoxy, halogen, OH, hydroxy(C 1-3 )alkyl (e.g. CH 2 OH), C(0)Ci-C 4 alkyl (e.g. C(0)CH 3 ), and C 1-3 haloalkyl (e.g. CF 3 , CH 2 CF 3 ).
  • the present invention includes within its scope all stereoisomeric and isomeric forms of the compounds disclosed herein, including all diastereomeric isomers, racemates, enantiomers and mixtures thereof. It is also understood that the compounds described by Formula I may be present as E and Z isomers, also known as cis and trans isomers. Thus, the present disclosure should be understood to include, for example, E, Z, cis, trans, (R), (S), (L), (D), (+), and/or (-) forms of the compounds, as appropriate in each case. Where a structure has no specific stereoisomerism indicated, it should be understood that any and all possible isomers are encompassed. Compounds of the present invention embrace all conformational isomers. Compounds of the present invention may also exist in one or more tautomeric forms, including both single tautomers and mixtures of tautomers. Also included in the scope of the present invention are all polymorphs and crystal forms of the compounds disclosed herein.
  • the present invention includes within its scope isotopes of different atoms. Any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Thus, the present disclosure should be understood to include deuterium and tritium isotopes of hydrogen.
  • administering and variations of that term including “administer” and “administration”, includes contacting, applying, delivering or providing a compound or composition of the invention to an organism, or a surface by any appropriate means.
  • treatment refers to any and all uses which remedy a disease state or symptoms, prevent the establishment of disease, or otherwise prevent, hinder, retard, or reverse the progression of disease or other undesirable symptoms in any way whatsoever.
  • the term "effective amount” includes within its meaning a sufficient but non-toxic amount of a compound or composition of the invention to provide a desired effect.
  • the term “therapeutically effective amount” includes within its meaning a sufficient but non-toxic amount of a compound or composition of the invention to provide the desired therapeutic effect.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject depending on factors such as the species being treated, the sex, age and general condition of the subject, the severity of the condition being treated, the particular agent being administered, the mode of administration, and so forth. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact “effective amount”. However, for any given case, an appropriate “effective amount” may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
  • the present invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (I):
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C . wheterocycloalkyl, and C 1 -6 haloalkyl;
  • R A1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C ⁇ . 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when m is 1 ,
  • R A2 and R ' 3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and
  • R A2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A1 R A2 C-CR A3 R A4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or when m and n are both 1 ,
  • R A4 and R A5 may optionally together form a bond and R A3 and
  • R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1 -6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- 7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-ealkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1 -6 alkyl
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1 -6 alkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- 7 cyc.oa.kyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when two or R ' substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH 2 -0-CH 2 -, group;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted Q ⁇ cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl; 7 8
  • R and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci ⁇ alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • m is 0 or 1. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 0. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1.
  • n is 0 or 1. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention n is 0. In another embodiment of compounds of the present inventi on n is 1.
  • n and n are both 0. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and n is 0. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 0 and n is 1. In a still further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1.
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 . In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention W is O, S or NH. In a further embodiment of compounds of the invention W is O or S. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention, W is O.
  • Z is O, S or NH. In another embodiment of compounds of the invention Z is O or S. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention, Z is O.
  • W is O and Z is O.
  • W is S and Z is O.
  • W is O and Z is NH.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C ⁇ alkoxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3- 7heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted Q. 6 alkoxy, and C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 1 is hydrogen or iso- butyl.
  • R 1 is /s -butyl.
  • R A1 ⁇ A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C - 7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 .
  • R a1 ⁇ A6 a re each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, Cj. 6 haloalkyl, C 1- 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3- 7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl.
  • R A1 ⁇ A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl and Ci_ 6 alkyloxy.
  • R A1 ⁇ A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, and optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R A1 ⁇ A6 are each independently hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R A1 ⁇ A6 are each hydrogen.
  • m is 1 and R ⁇ and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and R A4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " .
  • m is 1 and R A2 and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and R A4 are as defined above.
  • m is 1 and R A2 and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and R A4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group. wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 .
  • m is 1 and R' and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m is 1 and R ' and R' ' together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m is 1 and R 2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m is 1 and R A1 R A2 C- CRA R A4 f orms an ar y or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " .
  • m is 1 and R' R 7 C-CR' R' forms an aiyl group, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R " .
  • m is 1 and R A1 R A2 C-CR A3 R A4 forms a heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R " .
  • m is 1 and R A1 R A2 C- CR A3 R A4 forms a phenyl group, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted by one or more R " .
  • m is 1 and
  • m and n are both 1 and R and R'" may optionally together form a bond and R ' ' and R ⁇ ' are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " .
  • m is 1 and R A4 and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A ' and R A6 are as defined above.
  • m is 1 and R A4 and R A5 may optionally together fonn a bond and R A3 and R A6 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 .
  • m and n are both 1 and R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 .
  • m is 1 and R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m is 1 and R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m and n are both 1 and R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m and n are both land R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl group, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ⁇ .
  • m and n are both 1 and R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms a heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m and n are both 1 and R ⁇ R A4 C-CR A3 R A0 forms a phenyl group, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • m and n are both 1 and R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms a phenyl group.
  • each R " is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci.ealkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, - CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 .
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Cj. 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, and optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl.
  • each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, and optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl.
  • each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, and optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl.
  • each R " is an optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl.
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -6 alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl and cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • X is selected from the group consisting of aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and aryl optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • X is phenyl optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci- alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -6 alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl and cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 .
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and aryl optionally substituted by one or more R 5 .
  • Y is phenyl optionally substituted by one or more R 5 .
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 .
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an aryl group optionally substituted by one or more R .
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more R 4 .
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl group optionally substituted by one or more R 4 .
  • R is hydrogen or C ⁇ . 6 alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R is hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R is C 1 -6 alkyl.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally
  • R and R " are each independently selected from the group consisting of
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C 1-6 alkyl and C ⁇ . 6 alkyloxy.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl and Ci_6alkyloxy.
  • two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, and are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH 2 -0-CH 2 -, group.
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1- alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen.
  • R 6 is optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl or optionally substituted C -7 cycloalkyl.
  • R 6 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 6 is optionally substituted C 1- alkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 6 is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and ethyl.
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of
  • R and R are optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl.
  • R 7 and R 8 are both methyl.
  • R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • R 7 is hydrogen and R 8 is optionally substituted C 1- alkyl. In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 is hydrogen and R 8 is methyl.
  • R 7 and R 8 when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 1 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 1 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention also relates to a process for preparing a compound of Formula (la)
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ ealkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- 7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7 cycloalkyl; or 7 8
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of Formula (lb)
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Cs ⁇ heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3 - 7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of Formula (Ic)
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH; 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Cj. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3- 7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3- 7heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaiyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyl, Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted Cs_ ycycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, optionally substituted Cwcycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci ⁇ haloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the oxidative cyclisation may be performed using a variety of reagents, for example organic peroxides including but not limited to /er/-butyl hydroperoxide or meta- chloroperbenzoic acid; any of the above peroxides optionally combined with a transition metal catalyst such as Ti(OiPr) 4 or VO(acac) 2 ; dioxiranes such as dimethyldioxirane; inorganic oxidants including hydrogen peroxide, oxone, sodium hypochlorite; high oxidation state transition metal complexes such as chromium (VI) salts, osmium tetroxide or MoOs-based systems.
  • organic peroxides including but not limited to /er/-butyl hydroperoxide or meta- chloroperbenzoic acid
  • a transition metal catalyst such as Ti(OiPr) 4 or VO(acac) 2
  • dioxiranes such as dimethyldioxirane
  • the cyclisation may be performed by a halogenating reagent such as ⁇ -bromosuccinimide, pyridinium tribromide or a halogen such as bromine in conjunction with oxygen or air.
  • a halogenating reagent such as ⁇ -bromosuccinimide, pyridinium tribromide or a halogen such as bromine in conjunction with oxygen or air.
  • the cyclisation may result in a racemic or enantioenriched product. Any reagent may be used in conjunction with a chiral ligand or auxiliary.
  • a suitable ligand or auxiliary may be derived from an enantiopure amino acid or sugar.
  • the oxidative cyclisation is performed using a MoOs-based system.
  • the cyclisation is performed by oxoperoxymolybdenum(pyridine)(hexamethylphosphoric triamide) (MoOPH).
  • the compound of Formula (lib) is prepared by coupling of a compound of Formula (Illb)
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl;
  • R , R J and p are as defined herein; with a compound of Formula (IVb) OR
  • R 10 and R 1 1 are each independently H or C 1-6 alkyl; or
  • R 10 and R 11 together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C 1-3 alkyl;
  • R 4 and q are as defined herein; to form a compound of Formula (Vb)
  • R 5 and r are as defined herein; with the compound of Formula (Vb) to form a compound of Formula (Vllb)
  • U and U " are independently selected from Br, I, CF 3 SO 3 - and CF 3 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 SO 3 -.
  • U and U are independently selected from the group consisting of Br or I.
  • U and U are independently selected from the group consisting of Br or I.
  • U and U are independently selected from CF 3 SO 3 - and CF 3 CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 SO 3 -.
  • U 1 and U 2 are both Br. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both I. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both Br. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both I. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both Br. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both I. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both Br. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both I. In a
  • V is -CHO or - C(0)R 9 .
  • V is -CHO.
  • V is -C(0)R 9 .
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted Ci ⁇ alkyl, optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C 1-6 haloalkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 9 is methyl or ethyl. [0074] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 10 and R 1 1 are each independently H or Ci -6 alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 10 and R 11 are both hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 10 and R 11 are both C 1- alkyl.
  • R 10 and R 1 ' together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C 1- alkyl.
  • Suitable coupling conditions for the reaction between the compound of Formula (Illb) and the compound of Formula (IVb) and for the coupling between the compound of Formula (Vb) and Formula (VIb) comprise providing a catalytic or stoichiometric amount of a transition metal which acts as a catalyst.
  • the coupling between the compound of Formula (Illb) and the compound of Formula (IVb) and the coupling between the compound of Formula (Vb) and Formula (VIb) is a palladium catalyzed reaction and in particular a Pd(0) catalyzed reaction.
  • Pd(0) may be generated in situ by the reduction of Pd(II) or any transition metal species may be reduced or oxidized to a suitable catalytically active oxidation state in situ. Pd(0) or any catalytically active transition metal species may be introduced directly in to the reaction.
  • a ligand which coordinates to the metallic species may be provided, examples of suitable ligands are triphenylphosphine, other phosphines such as l,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, acetate, nitrile or chloride.
  • the process further provides providing a base for regeneration of the Pd(0) catalyst.
  • Suitable bases for regenerating Pd(0) from Pd(II), which is formed duing the coupling reaction include, but are not limited to; alkylamines, such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine; acetates such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate; carbonates such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, silver carbonate; and hydroxides such as sodium and potassium hydroxide.
  • the compounds of Formula (IVb) and Formula (VIb) may be the same or different.
  • the compounds of Formula (IVb) and Formula (VIb) may be boronic acids or boronic esters, including but not limited to, pinacol boronate esters and boronate esters formed from ethylene glycol and 1 ,3 -propanediol.
  • a compound of Formula (Vllb) may be made in a single coupling directly from a compound of Formula (Illb).
  • the coupling of a compound of Formula (Illb) to prepare a compound of Formula (Vllb) in a single step involves reaction of a compound of Formula (Mb) with greater than or equal to 2 equivalents of a compound of Formula (IVb).
  • the coupling between the compound of Formula (Mb) and Formula (IVb) occurs in a regioselective manner to provide a compound of Formula (Vb).
  • the reaction of a compound of Formula (Mb) to prepare a compound of Formula (Vb) involves reaction of a compound of Formula (Mb) with about 1 to 1 .2 equivalents of a compound of Formula (IVb).
  • the compound of Formula (VMb) can be converted to a compound of Fonnula (lib) through a Wittig reaction with an appropriate ylid.
  • R 1 is an sobutyl group, as in the discoipyrrole compounds A-D
  • a Wittig olefination reaction using the ylid obtained by treating / ' s -propyltriphenylphosponium iodide with potassium tert-butoxide would install an ivo-butene substituent.
  • Subjecting this /so-butene compound to a standard hydrogenation reaction provides the .v -butylsubstituted compounds of Formula (lib).
  • a person skilled in the art would understand that there are a number of transformations to convert a compound of Formula (VMb) to a Formula (lib).
  • a compound of Formula (Mb) can be prepared through coupling of a suitably substituted or unsubstituted pyrrole with and aryl or heteroaryl halide.
  • V is CHO
  • the aldehyde functionality can be incorporated to the product so generated by subjecting the compound to standard Vilsmeier-Hack reaction conditions using N./V-dimethylforraamide (DMF) and POCI 3 .
  • DMF N./V-dimethylforraamide
  • POCI 3 N./V-dimethylforraamide
  • the introduction of the substituents U and U " can be achieved by a number of means. For example, when U and U " are bromide these substituents can be introduced by reaction with N-
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (I)
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci-vcycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3- 7 heterocycloalkyl, and Ci. 6 haloalkyl;
  • R.A1-A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, Q. 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when m is 1 ,
  • R A2 and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and R M are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A4 and R A5 may optionally together form a bond and R A3 and R A6 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or (iii) R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ⁇ ; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ehaloalkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C ⁇ cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-ealkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci ⁇ alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3 -7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • the present invention provides for a compound of Formula (la)
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1 -6 haloalkyl; each R " is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1 -6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1 -6 alkyl, C 1 -6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3. 7 cycloa.kyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3. 7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members, with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (lb)
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R " is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci.ealkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci -6 haloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members; with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (Ic)
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 c-ycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R " is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen,
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (II)
  • n is 0 or 1 ;
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl;
  • R A1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, Cu 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- 7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when m is 1 ,
  • R A2 and R A3 may optionally together form a bond and R A1 and R A4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R 2 ; or
  • R A2 and R A3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A1 R A2 C-CR A3 R A4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R " ; or when m and n are both 1 ,
  • R A4 and R A5 may optionally together form a bond and R A3 and
  • R A4 and R A5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
  • R A3 R A4 C-CR A5 R A6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ⁇ ; each R " is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci ⁇ alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R" and R J are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or 4 5
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci -6 haloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula ( I la)
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Cj. 6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 4 ;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
  • heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R 5 ;
  • X and Y together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3. 7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (lib)
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3 . 7 cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and - NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; or when two R 4 or two R 5 substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH 2 - 0-CH 2 -, group;
  • R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci ⁇ haloalkyl;
  • R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (lie)
  • W is O, S, NH or CH 2 ;
  • Z is O, S or NH
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C -7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3 -7 heterocycloalkyl, and C 1-6 haloalkyl; each R 2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 haloalkyl, Ci -6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3-7 cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaiyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen or C 1- alkyl; each R 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkyloxy, optionally substituted C 3- vcycloalkyl, -CN, -NR 7 R 8 , -C(0)OR 6 , -C(0)NR 7 R 8 , and -NR 7 C(0)R 6 ; R 6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci -6 alkyl, optionally substituted C3 -7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
  • R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl and optionally substituted C 3- 7 cycloalkyl; or
  • the compounds of Formula (II), Fonnula (Ila), Formula (lib) and Formula (lie) may act as prodrugs and be converted in vivo into compounds of Formula (I), Formula (la), Formula (lb) and Formula (Ic) respectively.
  • the compounds of Formula (II), Formula (Ila), Fonnula (lib) and Formula (lie) may have therapeutic activity in their own right.
  • the present invention also provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of:
  • U' and IT are independently selected from Br, I, CF3SO3- and
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted C -7 cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci ⁇ haloalkyl; and p are as defined herein; a compound of Formula (IVb):
  • R 10 and R n are each independently H or C 1-6 alkyl; or
  • R 10 and R 11 together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, fonn a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C 1-3 alkyl;
  • R 4 and q are as defined herein;
  • R and r are as defined herein: and a compound of Formula (Vllb):
  • the compounds of Fomiula (Illb), Formula (Vb), and Formula (Vllb) may have therapeutic activity in their own right.
  • the present invention provides for a compound selected from the compounds set forth in Table 1.
  • aldehyde 8 (G. V. Mokrov, et al, Heterocycles, 2008, 75, 2713) (58%) that could be dibrominated with N- bromosuccinimide (NBS) and so delivering the dihalogenated product 9 in 99% yield.
  • a second substrate, bis-phenol 16, used to examine the scope of the oxidative cyclisation process was obtained in 90% yield through the boron tribromide-mediated demethylation of compound 14.
  • MoOPH molecular oxygen
  • dichloromethane compound 16 was converted into discoipyrrole (1) (56%), the derived spectral data for which proved an excellent match with those reported for the natural product.
  • compound 25 can be accessed by the following steps. Dibromopyrrole compound 9 was cross coupled with 1.2 molar equivalents of phenylboronic acid 18 then the diarylated pyrrole 24 was obtained and immediately engaged in a second cross-coupling reaction with boronic acid 10 to give the triarylated pyrrole 25 in 60% yield.
  • Scheme 6 like Scheme 5, demonstrates that the illustrated Suzuki -Miyaura cross-coupling reactions can deliver highly oxygenated systems with cross coupling of dibromopyiTole 9 with boronic acid 28 to give the triarylated pyrrole 30 in 71 % yield.
  • the present invention provides for a compound selected from the compounds set forth in Table 2.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or diluent.
  • the compound of formula (1) is prepared by oxidative cyclisation of a compound of formula (II).
  • the present invention also relates to the use of compounds of formula (1) in therapy, in particular, for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
  • DDR2 discoidin domain receptor 2
  • a further aspect of the invention is directed to a method for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • DDR2 discoidin domain receptor 2
  • the compound of Formula (I) is prepared according to the process of the present invention by oxidative cyclisation of a compound of Formula (II).
  • the disease state or condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer, osteoarthritis, fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, cartilage injury, choroidal neovascularization and liver cirrhosis.
  • the cancer is a lymphoma, a sarcoma or carcinoma.
  • the cancer is of the lung, breast or ovary.
  • the cancer is non-small-cell lung cancer or squamous cell carcinoma of the lung.
  • the fibrosis is of the lung, liver or kidney.
  • the subject is selected from the group consisting of humans, pets and livestock. In another embodiment of the methods of the present invention the subject is a human.
  • compound(s) of the invention when used for the treatment or prevention of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), may be administered alone.
  • the compounds may be administered as a pharmaceutical or veterinarial, formulation which comprises at least one compound according to the invention.
  • the compound(s) may also be present as suitable salts, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • salt By pharmaceutically acceptable salt it is meant those salts which, within the scope of sound medical judgement, are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art and include acid addition and base salts. Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be acid addition salts.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds may be prepared by mixing a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, or citric acid with the compounds of the invention.
  • Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, asparate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, cyclopentanepropionate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pe
  • Suitable base salts are formed from bases that form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminium, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts.
  • alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, triethanolamine and the like.
  • the above reactions (i)-(iii) are typically carried out in solution.
  • the resulting salt may precipitate out and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent.
  • the degree of ionisation in the resulting salt may vary from completely ionised to almost non-ionised.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds according to the present invention may be prepared by mixing a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, or citric acid with the compounds of the invention.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, or citric acid.
  • the compounds of the invention may exist in both unsolvated and solvated forms.
  • the term 'solvate' is used herein to describe a molecular complex comprising the compound of the invention and a stoichiometric amount of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules, for example, ethanol.
  • the term 'hydrate' is employed when the solvent is water.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used in combination with other known treatments or antibacterial agents, including antibiotics. Suitable agents are listed, for example, in the Merck Index, An Encyclopaedia of Chemicals, Drugs and Biologicals, 12 th Ed., 1996, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Convenient modes of administration include injection (subcutaneous, intravenous, etc.), oral administration, inhalation, transdermal application, topical creams or gels or powders, or rectal administration.
  • the formulation and/or compound may be coated with a material to protect the compound from the action of enzymes, acids and other natural conditions which may inactivate the therapeutic activity of the compound.
  • the compound may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally.
  • Dispersions of the compounds according to the invention may also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, pharmaceutical preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
  • compositions suitable for injection include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions.
  • the composition is stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and may include a preservative to stabilise the composition against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
  • the compound(s) of the invention may be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier.
  • the compound(s) and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into an individual's diet.
  • the compound(s) may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like.
  • such compositions and preparations may contain at least 1 % by weight of active compound.
  • the percentage of the compound(s) of formula (I) in pharmaceutical compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied and, for example, may conveniently range from about 2% to about 90%, about 5% to about 80%, about 10% to about 75%, about 15% to about 65%; about 20% to about 60%, about 25% to about 50%, about 30% to about 45%, or about 35% to about 45%, of the weight of the dosage unit.
  • the amount of compound in therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
  • compositions according to the present invention are intended to include solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable carrier includes solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like.
  • the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions and methods of treatment and prophylaxis is contemplated.
  • Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions according to the present invention. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
  • Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the individual to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compound(s) is calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
  • the compound(s) may be formulated for convenient and effective administration in effective amounts with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an acceptable dosage unit.
  • the dosages are determined by reference to the usual dose and manner of administration of the said ingredients.
  • the carrier may be an orally administrable carrier.
  • Another form of a pharmaceutical composition is a dosage form formulated as enterically coated granules, tablets or capsules suitable for oral administration.
  • delayed release formulations are also included in the scope of this invention.
  • prodrug is an inactive form of a compound which is transformed in vivo to the active form.
  • Suitable prodrugs include esters, phosphonate esters etc, of the active fonn of the compound.
  • the compound may be administered by injection.
  • the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
  • the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
  • Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by including various anti-bacterial and/or anti-fungal agents. Suitable agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, benzyl alcohol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it may be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
  • Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the analogue in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilisation.
  • dispersions are prepared by incorporating the analogue into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
  • Tablets, troches, pills, capsules and the like can also contain the following: a binder such as gum gragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as di calcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as com starch, potato starch, alginic acid and the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin or a flavouring agent such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavouring.
  • a binder such as gum gragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin
  • excipients such as di calcium phosphate
  • a disintegrating agent such as com starch, potato starch, alginic acid and the like
  • a lubricant such as magnesium stearate
  • a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin or a flavouring agent such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or
  • tablets, pills, or capsules can be coated with shellac, sugar or both.
  • a syrup or elixir can contain the analogue, sucrose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and flavouring such as cherry or orange flavour.
  • any material used in preparing any dosage unit form should be pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed.
  • the analogue can be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and formulations.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may further include a suitable buffer to minimise acid hydrolysis. Suitable buffer agent agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, phosphates, citrates, carbonates and mixtures thereof.
  • an effecti ve dosage per 24 hours may be in the range of about 0.0001 mg to about 1000 mg per kg body weight; suitably, about 0.001 mg to about 750 mg per kg body weight; about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg per kg body weight; about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg per kg body weight; about 0.1 mg to about 250 mg per kg body weight; or about 1.0 mg to about 250 mg per kg body weight.
  • an effective dosage per 24 hours may be in the range of about 1.0 mg to about 200 mg per kg body weight; about 1.0 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight; about 1.0 mg to about 50 mg per kg body weight; about 1.0 mg to about 25 mg per kg body weight; about 5.0 mg to about 50 mg per kg body weight; about 5.0 mg to about 20 mg per kg body weight; or about 5.0 mg to about 15 mg per kg body weight.
  • an effective dosage may be up to about 500mg/m ⁇
  • an effective dosage is expected to be in the range of about 25 to about
  • 250mg/m " about 50 to about 250mg/m , and about 75 to about 150mg/m .
  • a compound of Formula (I) may be administered in an amount in the range from about 100 to about 1000 mg per day, for example, about 200 rag to about 750 mg per day, about 250 to about 500 mg per day, about 250 to about 300 rag per day, or about 270 mg to about 280 rag per day.
  • Compounds in accordance with the present invention may be administered as part of a therapeutic regimen with other drugs. It may desirable to administer a combination of active compounds, for example, for the purpose of treating a particular disease or condition. Accordingly, it is within the scope of the present invention that two or more pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula (I) according to the present invention, may be combined in the form of a kit suitable for co-administration of the compositions.
  • the signal due to residual CHCI 3 appearing at ⁇ 7.26 and the central resonance of the CDCI 3 "triplet" appearing at 5c 77.0 were used to reference ⁇ and 1 C NMR spectra, respectively.
  • the signal due to residual CH 2 C1 2 appearing at 5H 5.30 and the central resonance of the CD 2 C1 2 "multiplet" appearing at 5c 53.5 were used to reference ⁇ and
  • Flash chromatographic separations were carried out following protocols defined by Still et al. (W. C. Still, et al, J. Org. Chem., 1978, 43, 2923) with silica gel 60 (40-63 ⁇ ) as the stationary phase and using the A - or HPLC-grade solvents indicated.
  • Starting materials and reagents were generally available from the Sigma-Aldrich, Merck, TCI, Strem or Lancaster Chemical Companies and were used as supplied. Drying agents and other inorganic salts were purchased from the AJAX, BDH or Unilab Chemical Companies.
  • Tetrahydrofuran (THF), diethyl ether, methanol and dichloromethane were dried using a Glass Contour solvent purification system that is based upon a technology originally described by Grubbs et al (A. B. Pangborn, et al, Organometallics, 1996, 15, 1518). Where necessary, reactions were performed under an nitrogen atmosphere.
  • a magnetically stirred solution of anhydrous DMF (10 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with POCI 3 (2.19 mL, 23.74 mmol), and the ensuing orange mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 45 min before being treated with a solution of compound 7 (3.98 g, 19.79 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL).
  • the resulting mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 3 h and then quenched with ice (50 g).
  • the mixture was neutralised using NaHC0 3 to pH 7, and then extracted with Et 2 0 (3x80 mL).
  • a magnetically stirred suspension of -PrPPh 3 I (871 mg, 1.98 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with /-BuOK (1.6 mL of a l .O M solution in THF, 1.61 mmol), and the ensuing red suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min before being cooled to -78 °C.
  • a magnetically stirred solution of compound 14 (502 mg, 1.1 mmol) in dry DCM (40 mL) maintained at -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with BBr 3 (11 mL of a 1.0 M solution in DCM, 11 mmol), the ensuing red mixture was left to warm to 20 °C over 16 h before being treated, successively, with ice (100 g) and brine (100 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • a magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 9 (4.56 g, 1 1.79 mmol), compound 10 (2.01 g, 12.97 mmol), Pd(PPh ) 4 (1.36 g, 1.18 mmol) and Na 2 C0 3 (10 g, 94.32 mmol) in 1,2-DME/H 2 0 (120 mL of a 5: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 h before being treated with compound 18 (2.85 g, 23.58 mmol), Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 (680 mg, 0.59 mmol) and Na 2 C0 3 (5 g, 47.16 mmol).
  • a magnetically stirred suspension of /-PrPPhVI (6.41 g, 14.54 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with -BuOK (13.64 mL of a 1.0 M solution in THF, 13.64 mmol), and the ensuing red suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min before being cooled to -78 °C.
  • the resulting light-yellow reaction mixture was warmed to 20 °C over 16 h then treated, successively, with NH 4 CI (50 mL of a saturated aqueous solution) and H 2 0 (100 raL) before being extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL).
  • the combined organic phases were washed with brine (1 x 150 mL) then dried (Na 2 S0 4 ), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • a magnetically stirred mixture of compound 45 (647 mg, 1.06 mmol), acrolein diethyl acetal (1.38 g, 10.6 mmol), tetra- «-butyl ammonium acetate (640 mg, 2.12 mmol), K 2 C0 3 (220 mg, 1.59 mmol), KC1 (80 mg, 1.06 mmol) and Pd(OAc) 2 (120 mg, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 raL) was heated at 100 °C in a sealed tube for 48 h. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of TLC-grade silica and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure.
  • NSCLC nonsmall cell lung cancer
  • HCC366, A549, and H2286 cells were plated individually at a density of 1200, 100 and 500 cells/well, respectively, in 384-well microtiter assay plates (Bio-one; Greiner, Inc.). After incubating the assay plates overnight under the growth conditions described above, purified compounds were dissolved and diluted in DM SO and subsequently added to each plate with final compound concentrations ranging from 50 ⁇ to 1 nM and a final DMSO concentration of 0.5%.

Abstract

The present invention relates to methods for preparing a variety of discoipyrrole compounds and analogues using an oxidative cyclisation reaction as one of the steps. The present invention also relates to novel discoipyrrole analogues, pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, and to their use in therapy, in particular in the treatment of disease states or conditions mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).

Description

MODULAR SYNTHESES OF DISCOIPYRROLE TYPE ALKALOIDS AND
ANALOGUES
Technical Field
[0001] The present invention relates to methods for preparing a variety of discoipyrrole compounds and analogues using an oxidative cyclisation reaction as one of the steps. The present invention also relates to novel discoipyrrole analogues, pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, and to their use in therapy, in particular in the treatment of disease states or conditions mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
Background
[0002] Recently, MacMillan and co-workers reported the isolation, using a functional signature-based ontology (FUSION) map approach, of four new alkaloids from the marine-derived Bacillus hunanensis strain SNA-048 (Y. Hu, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2013, 135, 13387; M. B. Potts, et al, Sci. Signaling, 2013, 6 (297), ra90). Using a range of relatively conventional spectroscopic techniques they assigned structures 1-4 (Figure 1) to these compounds and named them discoipyrroles A-D, respectively. Each of these was isolated as the racemate and the structure of the first (viz. 1) was confirmed by single- crystal X-ray analysis of the bis-/7-bromobenzoate derivate of the (-)-enantiomer obtained using chiral-phase HPLC techniques.
Figure imgf000002_0001
1 (R = OH, discoipyrrole A) 3 (discoipyrrole C) 4 (discoipyrrole D)
2 (R = H, discoipyrrole B)
Figure 1: Discoipyrroles A-D
[0003] Discoipyrroles 1, 2 and 4 are the first examples of natural products that embody a 3H-benzo[d]pvrrole[l ,3]oxazine-3,5-dione core. All four compounds proved to be particularly strong inhibitors of the discoidin domain receptor 2 or DDR2-dependent migration of BR5 fibroblasts (Y. Hu, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2013, 135, 13387). They also show selective cytotoxicity towards DDR2 mutant lung cancer cell lines (IC50 120- 400 nM). As such, these natural products and their analogues could provide important new tools for interrogating the DDR2 signaling pathway, one that has been implicated in various cancers (C. E. Ford, et al, Br. J. Cancer, 2007, 96, 808; K. Zhang, et al, Nature Cell Biol, 2013, 15, 677; B. Poudel, et al, Acta Biochim. Biophys. S «.,doi: 10. 1093/abbs/gmv005), fibroblast migration and proliferation (W. Vogel, et al, Mol. Cell., 1997, 1 , 13; A. Shrivastava, et al, Mol. Cell, 1997, I, 25) as well as obstructive diseases of blood vessels (L. Xu, et al, Arth. Rheum., 2010, 62, 2736).
[0004] The biogenesis of the racemic discoipyrroles is believed to be nonenzymic in nature and involves, in the case of compound 1 for example, oxidative coupling of 2- hydroxy- l -(/7-hydroxyphenyl)-5-methylhexan-3-one and />-hydroxybenzaldehyde with the resulting 1 ,3,4-trione engaging in successive inter- then intra-molecular condensation reactions with the amine and carboxylic acid residues, respectively, of anthranilic acid (Y. Hu, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2013, 135, 13387; D. A. Colosimo et al, . Am. Chem. Soc, 2016, 138, 2383;). Various feeding experiments have served to support such proposals and by mixing the three reaction partners just mentioned in dimethyl sulfoxide containing 1% trifluoroacetic acid at 50 °C then modest amounts of discoipyrrole A were obtained as an admixture with a number of side-products (Y. Hu, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2013, 135, 13387). A variation on this theme has been employed by May and co-workers in the total synthesis of the dimethyl ether of discoipyrrole D (4) (J-L. Shih, et al, Angew. Chem. Int. Ed., doi.org/10.1002/anie201503528).
[0005] The fascinating origins, structures and biological activities of the discoipyrroles together with the potential for "tuned" analogues to serve as molecular probes of the DDR2 cellular signaling process makes these compounds attractive and important synthetic targets.
[0006] There is a need for a synthetic route that provides a modular approach to the synthesis of both the discoipyrroles A-D as well as a variety of discoipyrrole analogues.
Summary
[0007] The present invention provides a process for the preparation of compounds of general Formula (I), via oxidati ve cyclisation of compounds of Formula (II).
Figure imgf000004_0001
Figure imgf000004_0002
comprising the step of oxidative cyclization of a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000004_0003
wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Qwheterocycloalkyl, and C1 -6haloalkyl;
RA1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ehaloalkyl, Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C^^cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) R and R may optionally together form a bond and R and RA4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R~; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and
RA6
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2: or (ii) RM and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
4 5
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3.7cycloa.kyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or 4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0010] A second aspect of the invention provides for a compound of Formula (I) as defined in the first aspect of the invention, prepared according to the first aspect of the invention.
[0011] A third aspect of the invention provides for a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein m i s 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 :
W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
RA1-A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted d^alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaiyl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or wh en m i s 1 ,
(i) RA2 and R' 3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and
RA4
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and RA6 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted Cwcycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, optionally substituted Cwcycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci^haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members; with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D. A fourth aspect of the invention provides for a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ; W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci_f,alkoxy, optionally substituted C3_7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.wheterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; A1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 , (i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and
RA6
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4; R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl;
R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0013] A fifth aspect of the invention provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of:
a compound of Formula (Illb):
Figure imgf000013_0001
(Illb) wherein 1 ^
U1 and IT are independently selected from Br, I, CF3S03- and CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-;
-CHO or -C(0)R9
R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C^haloalkyl;
R R3 and p are as defined herein; a compound of Formula (IVb):
OR1 1
Figure imgf000014_0001
(IVb) wherein
R10 and Rn are each independently H or C1-6alkyl; or
R10 and R1 1, together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more Ci-3alkyl; R4 and q are as defined herein; a compound of Formula (Vb): C02R3
(Vb) a compound of Formula (VIb):
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein
Rs and r are as defined herein: and a compound of Formula (Vllb):
Figure imgf000015_0002
(Vllb)
[0014] A sixth aspect of the invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or diluent. [0015] A seventh aspect of the invention provides for a method for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to the sixth aspect of the invention.
[0016] An eighth aspect of the invention provides for use of a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
[0017] A ninth aspect of the invention provides for a compound prepared by the process of the first aspect of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of the second, third, fourth or fifth aspects of the invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for use in the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
[0018] In one embodiment of the methods and uses of the present invention, the disease state or condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer, osteoarthritis, fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, cartilage injury, chronoidal neovascularization and liver cirrhosis.
Definitions
[0019] The following are some definitions that may be helpful in understanding the description of the present invention. These are intended as general definitions and should in no way limit the scope of the present invention to those terms alone, but are put forth for a better understanding of the following description.
[0020] Unless the context requires otherwise or specifically stated to the contrary, integers, steps, or elements of the invention recited herein as singular integers, steps or elements clearly encompass both singular and plural forms of the recited integers, steps or elements. [0021 ] Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated step or element or integer or group of steps or elements or integers, but not the exclusion of any other step or element or integer or group of elements or integers. Thus, in the context of this specification, the term "comprising" means "including principally, but not necessarily solely".
[0022] Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention described herein is susceptible to variations and modifications other than those specifically described. It is to be understood that the invention includes all such variations and modifications. The invention also includes all of the steps, features, compositions and compounds referred to or indicated in this specification, individually or collectively, and any and all combinations or any two or more of said steps or features.
[0023] As used herein, the term "alkyl" includes within its meaning monovalent ("alkyl") and divalent ("alkylene") straight chain or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon radicals having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6 carbon atoms. The straight chain or branched alkyl group is attached at any available point to produce a stable compound. For example, the term alkyl includes, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl, isopropyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, amyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 1 , 1 -dimethylpropyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, 4-methylpentyl, 1 -methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 3,3-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,2-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,3-dimethylbutyl, 1 ,2,2-trimethylpropyl,
1 , 1 ,2-trimethylpropyl, and the like.
[0024] The term "alkoxy" or "alkyloxy" as used herein refers to straight chain or branched alkyloxy (i.e, O-alkyl) groups, wherein alkyl is as defined above. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, and isopropoxy.
[0025] The term "cycloalkyl" as used herein includes within its meaning monovalent ("cycloalkyl") and divalent ("cycloalkylene") saturated, monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic or fused analogs. In the context of the present disclosure the cycloalkyl group may have from 3 to 10 carbon atoms. A fused analog of a cycloalkyl means a monocyclic ring fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group in which the point of attachment is on the non-aromatic portion. Examples of cycloalkyl and fused analogs thereof include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, decahydronaphthyl, indanyl, and the like. [0026] The term "aryl" or variants such as "arylene" as used herein refers to monovalent ("aryl") and divalent ("arylene") single, polynuclear, conjugated and fused analogs of aromatic hydrocarbons having from 6 to 10 carbon atoms. A fused analog of aryl means an aryl group fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl or monocyclic heterocyclyl group in which the point of attachment is on the aromatic portion. Examples of aryl and fused analogs thereof include phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzopyranyl, 1,3-benzodioxole, 1 ,4-benzodioxanyl, and the like. A "substituted aryl" is an aryl that is independently substituted, with one or more, preferably 1, 2 or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound.
[0027] The term "alkylaiyl" as used herein, includes within its meaning monovalent ("aryl") and divalent ("arylene"), single, polynuclear, conjugated and fused aromatic hydrocarbon radicals attached to divalent, saturated, straight or branched chain alkylene radicals. Examples of alkylaryl groups include benzyl.
[0028] The term "heteroaryl" and variants such as "heteroaromatic group" or "heteroarylene" as used herein, includes within its meaning monovalent ("heteroaryl") and divalent ("heteroarylene"), single, polynuclear, conjugated and fused heteroaromatic radicals having from 5 to 10 atoms, wherein 1 to 4 ring atoms, or 1 to 2 ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH and S. Heteroaryl is also intended to include oxidized S or N, such as sulfmyl, sulfonyl and N-oxide of a tertiary ring nitrogen. A carbon or nitrogen atom is the point of attachment of the heteroaryl ring structure such that a stable compound is produced. The heteiOaromatic group may be C4-9 heteroaromatic. A fused analog of heteroaryl means a heteroaryl group fused to a monocyclic cycloalkyl or monocyclic heterocyclyl group in which the point of attachment is on the aromatic portion. Examples of heteroaryl groups and fused analogs thereof include pyrazolyl, pyridyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, triazinyl, thienyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, furo(2,3-b)pyridyl, quinolyl, indolyl, isoquinolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, 2,2'-bipyridyl, phenanthrolinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, imidazolinyl, thiazolinyl, pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, triazolyl, and the like. "Nitrogen containing heteroaryl" refers to heteroaryl wherein any heteroatoms are N. A "substituted heteroaryl" is a heteroaryl that is independently substituted, with one or more, preferably 1 , 2 or 3 substituents, attached at any available atom to produce a stable compound. [0029] The term "heterocyclyl" and variants such as "heterocycloalkyl" as used herein, includes within its meaning monovalent ("heterocyclyl") and divalent ("heterocyclylene"), saturated, monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic or fused hydrocarbon radicals having from 3 to 10 ring atoms, wherein from 1 to 5, or from 1 to 3, ring atoms are heteroatoms independently selected from O, N, NH, or S, in which the point of attachment may be carbon or nitrogen. A fused analog of heterocyclyl means a monocyclic heterocycle fused to an aryl or heteroaryl group in which the point of attachment is on the non-aromatic portion. The heterocyclyl group may be C3-9 heterocyclyl. The heterocycloalkyl group may be C3-6 heterocyclyl. The heterocyclyl group may be C3-5 heterocyclyl. Examples of heterocyclyl groups and fused analogs thereof include aziridinyl, pyrrolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, imidazolidinyl, 2,3-dihydrofuro(2,3-b)pyridyl, benzoxazinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, dihydroindolyl, quinuclidinyl, azetidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, and the like. The term also includes partially unsaturated monocyclic rings that are not aromatic, such as 2- or 4- pyridones attached through the nitrogen or N-substituted uracils.
[0030| The term "amino" as used herein refers to groups of the form -NRaRb wherein Ra and Rb are individually selected from hydrogen, optionally substituted (Ci-4)alkyl, optionally substituted (C2-4)alkenyl, optionally substituted (C2-4)alkynyl, optionally substituted (C6-io)aryl and optionally substituted aralkyl groups, such as benzyl. The amino group may be a primary, secondary or tertiary amino group.
[0031] The term "halogen" or variants such as "halide" or "halo" as used herein refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
[0032] The term "heteroatom" or variants such as "hetero-" or "heterogroup" as used herein refers to O, N, NH and S,
[0033] In general, "substituted" refers to an organic group as defined herein (e.g., an alkyl group) in which one or more bonds to a hydrogen atom contained therein are replaced by a bond to non-hydrogen or non-carbon atoms. Substituted groups also include groups in which one or more bonds to a carbon(s) or hydrogen(s) atom are replaced by one or more bonds, including double or triple bonds, to a heteroatom. Thus, a substituted group will be substituted with one or more substituents, unless otherwise specified. In some embodiments, a substituted group is substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 substituents.
[0034] The term "optionally substituted" as used herein means the group to which this tenn refers may be unsubstituted, or may be substituted with one or more groups independently selected from alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, heterocycloalkyl, halo, haloalkyl, haloalkynyl, hydroxyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, thioalkoxy, alkenyloxy, haloalkoxy, haloalkenyloxy, N02, NH(alkyl), N(alkyl)2, nitroalkyl, nitroalkenyl, nitroalkynyl, nitroheterocyclyl, alkylamino, dialkylamino, alkenylamine, alkynylamino, acyl, alkenoyl, alkynoyl, acylamino, diacylamino, acyloxy, alkylsulfonyloxy, heterocycloxy, heterocycloamino, haloheterocycloalkyl, alkylsulfenyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylthio, acylthio, phosphorus-containing groups such as phosphono and phosphinyl, aryl, heteroaryl, alkylaryl, aralkyl, alkylheteroaiyl, cyano, cyanate, isocyanate, C02H, C02alkyl, C(0)NH2, -C(0)NH(alkyl), and -C(0)N(alkyl)2. Preferred substituents include halogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C Cehaloalkyl, Ci-Cealkoxy, hydroxy(C1-6)alkyl, C3-C6cycloalkyl, C(0)H, C(0)OH, NHC(0)H, NHC(0)C]-C4alkyl, C(0)Ci-C4alkyl, NH2, NHCi-C4alkyl, N(Ci-C4alkyl)2, N02, OH and CN. Particularly preferred substituents include C1-3alkyl, C1- alkoxy, halogen, OH, hydroxy(C1-3)alkyl (e.g. CH2OH), C(0)Ci-C4alkyl (e.g. C(0)CH3), and C1-3haloalkyl (e.g. CF3, CH2CF3).
[0035] The present invention includes within its scope all stereoisomeric and isomeric forms of the compounds disclosed herein, including all diastereomeric isomers, racemates, enantiomers and mixtures thereof. It is also understood that the compounds described by Formula I may be present as E and Z isomers, also known as cis and trans isomers. Thus, the present disclosure should be understood to include, for example, E, Z, cis, trans, (R), (S), (L), (D), (+), and/or (-) forms of the compounds, as appropriate in each case. Where a structure has no specific stereoisomerism indicated, it should be understood that any and all possible isomers are encompassed. Compounds of the present invention embrace all conformational isomers. Compounds of the present invention may also exist in one or more tautomeric forms, including both single tautomers and mixtures of tautomers. Also included in the scope of the present invention are all polymorphs and crystal forms of the compounds disclosed herein.
[0036] The present invention includes within its scope isotopes of different atoms. Any atom not specifically designated as a particular isotope is meant to represent any stable isotope of that atom. Thus, the present disclosure should be understood to include deuterium and tritium isotopes of hydrogen.
[0037] All references cited in this application are specifically incorporated by cross- reference in their entirety. Reference to any such documents should not be construed as an admission that the document forms part of the common general knowledge or is prior art.
[0038] In the context of this specification the term "administering" and variations of that term including "administer" and "administration", includes contacting, applying, delivering or providing a compound or composition of the invention to an organism, or a surface by any appropriate means. In the context of this specification, the term "treatment", refers to any and all uses which remedy a disease state or symptoms, prevent the establishment of disease, or otherwise prevent, hinder, retard, or reverse the progression of disease or other undesirable symptoms in any way whatsoever.
[0039] In the context of this specification the term "effective amount" includes within its meaning a sufficient but non-toxic amount of a compound or composition of the invention to provide a desired effect. Thus, the term "therapeutically effective amount" includes within its meaning a sufficient but non-toxic amount of a compound or composition of the invention to provide the desired therapeutic effect. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject depending on factors such as the species being treated, the sex, age and general condition of the subject, the severity of the condition being treated, the particular agent being administered, the mode of administration, and so forth. Thus, it is not possible to specify an exact "effective amount". However, for any given case, an appropriate "effective amount" may be determined by one of ordinary skill in the art using only routine experimentation.
Detailed Description
[0040] The present invention provides a process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000022_0001
(I) comprising the step of oxidative cyclization of a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000022_0002
(Π) wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C.wheterocycloalkyl, and C1 -6haloalkyl;
RA1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C\. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and R' 3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and
RA4
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and
RA6
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1 -6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-ealkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
R3 is hydrogen or C1 -6alkyl;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1 -6alkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cyc.oa.kyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or when two or R' substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted Q^cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl; 7 8
R and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci^alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0041] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 0 or 1. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 0. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1.
[0042] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention n is 0 or 1. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention n is 0. In another embodiment of compounds of the present inventi on n is 1.
[0043] In one embodiment of compounds of present invention m and n are both 0. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and n is 0. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 0 and n is 1. In a still further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1.
[0044] In one embodiment of compounds of present invention W is O, S, NH or CH2. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention W is O, S or NH. In a further embodiment of compounds of the invention W is O or S. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention, W is O.
[0045] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention Z is O, S or NH. In another embodiment of compounds of the invention Z is O or S. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention, Z is O.
[0046] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention W is O and Z is O. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention W is S and Z is O. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention W is O and Z is NH.
[0047] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci^alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C^alkoxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted Q. 6alkoxy, and C1-6haloalkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the invention R1 is hydrogen or iso- butyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R1 is /s -butyl.
[0048] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention RA1~A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention Ra1~A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, Cj. 6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, and optionally substituted heteroaryl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention RA1~A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl and Ci_ 6alkyloxy. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention RA1~A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, and optionally substituted C1-6alkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention RA1 ~A6 are each independently hydrogen or C1-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention RA1~A6 are each hydrogen.
[0049] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention, m is 1 and R^ and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R". In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention, m is 1 and RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 are as defined above. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention, m is 1 and RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group. wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2.
[0050] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and R' and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R . In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and R' and R' ' together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and R 2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
[0051] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and RA1RA2C- CRA RA4 forms an ary or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R". In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and R' R7 C-CR' R' forms an aiyl group, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R". In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms a heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R". In another embodiment of the compounds of the present invention m is 1 and RA1 RA2C- CRA3RA4 forms a phenyl group, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted by one or more R". In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and
RA1RA2C_C RA3RA4 & phenyj
[0052] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention, m and n are both 1 and R and R'" may optionally together form a bond and R' ' and R^ ' are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached fonn a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R". In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention, m is 1 and RA4 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA' and RA6 are as defined above. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention, m is 1 and RA4 and RA5 may optionally together fonn a bond and RA3 and RA6 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2.
[0053] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1 and RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m is 1 and RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic group, wherein the heterocyclic group is optionally substituted by one or more R .
[0054] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1 and RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R . In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both land RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl group, wherein the aryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R~. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1 and RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms a heteroaryl group, wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R . In another embodiment of the compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1 and R^RA4C-CRA3RA0 forms a phenyl group, wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted by one or more R . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention m and n are both 1 and RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms a phenyl group.
[0055] In one embodiment of the compounds of the present invention each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci.ealkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, - CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6. In another embodiment of the compounds of the present invention each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Cj. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, and optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, and optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, and optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention each R" is an optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl.
[0056] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R . In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl and cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more R . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R . In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and aryl optionally substituted by one or more R . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention X is phenyl optionally substituted by one or more R .
[0057] In one embodiment of compounds of the present inventi on Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci- alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkyl, cycloalkyl and heterocycloalkyl; wherein each alkyl and cycloalkyl is optionally substituted by one or more R5. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention Y is selected from the group consisting of aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each aryl and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and aryl optionally substituted by one or more R5. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention Y is phenyl optionally substituted by one or more R5.
[0058] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an aryl group optionally substituted by one or more R . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an heteroaryl group optionally substituted by one or more R4. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a phenyl group optionally substituted by one or more R4.
[0059] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R is hydrogen or C\. 6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R is hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R is C1 -6alkyl.
[0060] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally
7 8 substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR R , - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6. In another embodiment of compounds of the
4 ^
present invention R and R" are each independently selected from the group consisting of
7 8 6 halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1 -6alkyloxy, -NR R , and -C(0)OR . In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, C1-6alkyl and C{. 6alkyloxy. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl and Ci_6alkyloxy.
4 5
[0061] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, and are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group. In another
4 5
embodiment of compounds of the present invention two R or R substituents are attach ed to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl groups, and are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group. [0062] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1- alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl or optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl. In a still further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is optionally substituted C1- alkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl and ethyl.
[0063] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyl and optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C1-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 are hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of
7 8
the present invention R and R are optionally substituted C1-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 are both methyl. In a
7 8
further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R and R are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl.
In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 is hydrogen and R 8 is optionally substituted C1- alkyl. In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 is hydrogen and R 8 is methyl.
[0064] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R 7 and R 8 when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having
7 8 from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members. In another embodiment R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 1 additional heteroatoms as ring members. In a further embodiment R
Q
and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7- membered ring having 1 additional heteroatom as ring members. In another embodiment
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7- membered ring having 0 additional heteroatoms as ring members. [0065] In one embodiment the present invention also relates to a process for preparing a compound of Formula (la)
Figure imgf000032_0001
(la) comprising the step of oxidative cyclization of a compound of Fonnula (lla)
Figure imgf000032_0002
(lla) wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or H;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ ealkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl; or 7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0066] In another embodiment the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of Formula (lb)
Figure imgf000034_0001
(lb)
comprising the step of oxidative cychzation of a compound of Formula (lib)
Figure imgf000034_0002
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is O, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Cs^heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, Ci ^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or two R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2- O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0067| In a further embodiment the present invention relates to a process for preparing a compound of Formula (Ic)
Figure imgf000036_0001
(Ic) comprising the step of oxidative cyclisation of a compound of Formula (lie)
Figure imgf000036_0002
(lie) wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; s is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH; 1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Cj. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaiyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci_6alkyl, Ci_6alkyloxy, optionally substituted Cs_ ycycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, optionally substituted Cwcycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci^haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0068] The oxidative cyclisation reactions of compounds of Formula (II), Formula (Ha), Formula (lib) and Formula (lie) to prepare compounds of Formula (I), Formula (la), Formula (lb) and Formula (Ic) respectively can be carried out by any suitable means known to those skilled in the art. Suitable methods are described below, however, any other method which will affect the desired cyclisation also forms part of the present invention. It is to be understood that the groups W, X, Y, Z, R]-Rn and RA1-RA6 are such that they do not interfere with the cyclisation process.
[0069] The oxidative cyclisation may be performed using a variety of reagents, for example organic peroxides including but not limited to /er/-butyl hydroperoxide or meta- chloroperbenzoic acid; any of the above peroxides optionally combined with a transition metal catalyst such as Ti(OiPr)4 or VO(acac)2; dioxiranes such as dimethyldioxirane; inorganic oxidants including hydrogen peroxide, oxone, sodium hypochlorite; high oxidation state transition metal complexes such as chromium (VI) salts, osmium tetroxide or MoOs-based systems. The cyclisation may be performed by a halogenating reagent such as Λ-bromosuccinimide, pyridinium tribromide or a halogen such as bromine in conjunction with oxygen or air. The cyclisation may result in a racemic or enantioenriched product. Any reagent may be used in conjunction with a chiral ligand or auxiliary. A suitable ligand or auxiliary may be derived from an enantiopure amino acid or sugar. In one embodiment the oxidative cyclisation is performed using a MoOs-based system. In one embodiment the cyclisation is performed by oxoperoxymolybdenum(pyridine)(hexamethylphosphoric triamide) (MoOPH).
[0070] In one embodiment of the process of the present invention the compound of Formula (lib) is prepared by coupling of a compound of Formula (Illb)
Figure imgf000038_0001
(Illb) wherein and U" are independently selected from Br, I, CF3S03- and
CF3CF2CF2CF2S03-;
-CHO or -C(0)R9
R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl;
R , RJ and p are as defined herein; with a compound of Formula (IVb) OR
Figure imgf000039_0001
(IVb) wherein
R10 and R1 1 are each independently H or C1-6alkyl; or
R10 and R11, together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C1-3alkyl;
R4 and q are as defined herein; to form a compound of Formula (Vb)
Figure imgf000039_0002
followed by coupling of a compound of Formula (VIb)
Figure imgf000039_0003
(VIb) wherein
R5 and r are as defined herein; with the compound of Formula (Vb) to form a compound of Formula (Vllb)
Figure imgf000040_0001
(Vllb) followed by conversion of the compound of Formula (Vllb) to a compound of Formula (lib).
[0071 ] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention U and U" are independently selected from Br, I, CF3SO3- and CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-. In another
1 2
embodiment of compounds of the present invention U and U are independently selected from the group consisting of Br or I. In another embodiment of compounds of the present
1 2
invention U and U are independently selected from CF3SO3- and CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-.
In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention U 1 and U 2 are both Br. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention U1 and U2 are both I. In a
1 2
further embodiment of compounds of the present invention one of U and U is Br and the other is I.
[0072] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention V is -CHO or - C(0)R9. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention V is -CHO. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention V is -C(0)R9.
[0073] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted Ci^alkyl, optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R9 is C1-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R9 is methyl or ethyl. [0074] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R10 and R1 1 are each independently H or Ci-6alkyl. In another embodiment of compounds of the present invention R10 and R11 are both hydrogen. In a further embodiment of compounds of the present invention R10 and R11 are both C1- alkyl.
[0075] In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention R10 and R1 ', together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C1- alkyl.
[0076] Suitable coupling conditions for the reaction between the compound of Formula (Illb) and the compound of Formula (IVb) and for the coupling between the compound of Formula (Vb) and Formula (VIb) comprise providing a catalytic or stoichiometric amount of a transition metal which acts as a catalyst. In one embodiment the coupling between the compound of Formula (Illb) and the compound of Formula (IVb) and the coupling between the compound of Formula (Vb) and Formula (VIb) is a palladium catalyzed reaction and in particular a Pd(0) catalyzed reaction. Pd(0) may be generated in situ by the reduction of Pd(II) or any transition metal species may be reduced or oxidized to a suitable catalytically active oxidation state in situ. Pd(0) or any catalytically active transition metal species may be introduced directly in to the reaction. A ligand which coordinates to the metallic species may be provided, examples of suitable ligands are triphenylphosphine, other phosphines such as l,2-bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane, acetate, nitrile or chloride. In one embodiment the process further provides providing a base for regeneration of the Pd(0) catalyst. Suitable bases for regenerating Pd(0) from Pd(II), which is formed duing the coupling reaction include, but are not limited to; alkylamines, such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine; acetates such as sodium acetate and potassium acetate; carbonates such as potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, silver carbonate; and hydroxides such as sodium and potassium hydroxide.
[0077] The compounds of Formula (IVb) and Formula (VIb) may be the same or different. The compounds of Formula (IVb) and Formula (VIb) may be boronic acids or boronic esters, including but not limited to, pinacol boronate esters and boronate esters formed from ethylene glycol and 1 ,3 -propanediol. In one embodiment of the present invention, when the compounds of Formula (IVb) and Formula (VIb) are the same, a compound of Formula (Vllb) may be made in a single coupling directly from a compound of Formula (Illb). In one embodiment of the present invention the coupling of a compound of Formula (Illb) to prepare a compound of Formula (Vllb) in a single step involves reaction of a compound of Formula (Mb) with greater than or equal to 2 equivalents of a compound of Formula (IVb).
1 ^
[0078] In one embodiment of the present invention, when U and U" are the same, the coupling between the compound of Formula (Mb) and Formula (IVb) occurs in a regioselective manner to provide a compound of Formula (Vb). In one embodiment of the present invention the reaction of a compound of Formula (Mb) to prepare a compound of Formula (Vb) involves reaction of a compound of Formula (Mb) with about 1 to 1 .2 equivalents of a compound of Formula (IVb).
[0079] Although the above process depicts the coupling between boronic acids and esters with aryl halides, triflates and nonaflates, it is to be understood that coupling reactions mediated by other transition metals such as Fe, Cu, Cr or Ni or other oxidation states of Pd may also be suitable through the choice of appropriate coupling partners and reaction conditions. The most appropriate conditions for the coupling reaction will be selected based on the identity of the coupling partners. One of the coupling partners, for example, may be another organometallic species such as an organotin, organozinc or organomagnesium species, in any relevant oxidation state.
[0080] In one embodiment of the processes of the present invention the compound of Formula (VMb) can be converted to a compound of Fonnula (lib) through a Wittig reaction with an appropriate ylid. For example, when R1 is an sobutyl group, as in the discoipyrrole compounds A-D, a Wittig olefination reaction using the ylid obtained by treating /'s -propyltriphenylphosponium iodide with potassium tert-butoxide would install an ivo-butene substituent. Subjecting this /so-butene compound to a standard hydrogenation reaction provides the .v -butylsubstituted compounds of Formula (lib). Depending on the identity of R1 , a person skilled in the art would understand that there are a number of transformations to convert a compound of Formula (VMb) to a Formula (lib).
[0081 ] A person skilled in the art will appreciate the compounds of Formula (Mb) can be readily prepared using methods and materials known in the art. In one embodiment of compounds of the present invention a compound of Formula (Mb) can be prepared through coupling of a suitably substituted or unsubstituted pyrrole with and aryl or heteroaryl halide. When V is CHO, the aldehyde functionality can be incorporated to the product so generated by subjecting the compound to standard Vilsmeier-Hack reaction conditions using N./V-dimethylforraamide (DMF) and POCI3. The introduction of the substituents U and U" can be achieved by a number of means. For example, when U and U" are bromide these substituents can be introduced by reaction with N-
1 ^
bromosuccinimide (NBS). Alternatively, when U and U" are iodide these substituents can be introduced by reaction with iodine and silver triflate.
[0082] A person skilled in the art will appreciate that in order to access compounds of Formula (lie), a suitably substituted or unsubstituted indole would be employed instead of the pyrrole.
[0083] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000043_0001
(I) wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci-vcycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and Ci.6haloalkyl;
R.A1-A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000043_0002
Q. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RM are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA I RA:('-('R A iRA 1 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and RA6 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or (iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R~; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ehaloalkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C^cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-ealkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci^alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or two R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2- 0-CH2-, group; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to fonn a
3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members; with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
[0084] In another embodiment the present invention provides for a compound of Formula (la)
Figure imgf000046_0001
(la) wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1 -6haloalkyl; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1 -6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1 -6alkyl, C1 -6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3.7cycloa.kyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2-O-CH2-, group; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members, with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
[0085] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (lb)
Figure imgf000048_0001
p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4 q is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4 r is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci.ealkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or two R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2- O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members; with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
[0086] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (Ic)
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; s is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7c-ycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- vcycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0087] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000051_0001
wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted Ci-6alkoxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; RA1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000052_0001
Cu 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and
RA6
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R~; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or 4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0088] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula ( I la)
Figure imgf000054_0001
(Ila) wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Cj. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000055_0001
optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaiyl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0089] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (lib)
Figure imgf000056_0001
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000057_0001
optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or when two R4 or two R5 substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2- 0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci^haloalkyl;
R 7 and R 8 are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0090] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound of Formula (lie)
Figure imgf000058_0001
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; s is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaiyl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1- alkyl; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- vcycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a
3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
[0091 ] In one embodiment of the present invention, the compounds of Formula (II), Fonnula (Ila), Formula (lib) and Formula (lie) may act as prodrugs and be converted in vivo into compounds of Formula (I), Formula (la), Formula (lb) and Formula (Ic) respectively. In a further embodiment the compounds of Formula (II), Formula (Ila), Fonnula (lib) and Formula (lie) may have therapeutic activity in their own right.
[0092] In one embodiment the present invention also provides for a compound selected from the group consisting of:
a compound of Formula (Illb):
Figure imgf000059_0001
(nib) wherein
1 ^
U' and IT are independently selected from Br, I, CF3SO3- and
CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-;
-CHO or -C(0)R9 R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci^haloalkyl; and p are as defined herein; a compound of Formula (IVb):
OR 11
Figure imgf000060_0001
(IVb) wherein
R10 and Rn are each independently H or C1-6alkyl; or
R10 and R11, together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, fonn a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C1-3alkyl;
R4 and q are as defined herein;
Figure imgf000060_0002
a compound of Formula (VIb):
Figure imgf000061_0001
(VIb) wherein
R and r are as defined herein: and a compound of Formula (Vllb):
Figure imgf000061_0002
(Vllb)
[0093] In one embodiment the compounds of Fomiula (Illb), Formula (Vb), and Formula (Vllb) may have therapeutic activity in their own right.
[0094] In one embodiment the present invention provides for a compound selected from the compounds set forth in Table 1.
Table 1
Figure imgf000061_0003
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Synthesis of Compounds of Formula (I) and (II)
[0095] Compounds of formula (I) can be readily prepared by those skilled in the art using methods and materials known in the art and with reference to standard textbooks, such as such as "Advanced Organic Chemistry" by Jerry March (third edition, 1985, John Wiley and Sons) or "Comprehensive Organic Transformations" by Richard C. Larock (1989, VCH Publishers).
[0096] Compounds of formula (I) may be synthesised as described below. The following schemes provide an overview of representative non-limiting embodiments of the invention. Those skilled in the art will recognize that analogues of compounds of formula (I), including different isomeric forms, also may be prepared from the analogous starting materials.
[0097] As illustrated in Scheme 1, pyrrole (5) was crossed coupled with methyl o- iodobenzoate (6) using conditions very similar to those reported by Buchwald (J. C. Antilla, et al, J. Org. Chem., 2004, 69, 5578; R. A. Altmann and S. L. Buchwald, Nature Protocols, 2007, 2, 2474) and thereby affording the anticipated and previously reported product 7 (S. J. Hwang, et al, J. Am. Chem. Soc, 2008, 130, 16158) (99%). Subjection of the latter compound to a standard Vilsmeier-Haack formylation reaction using N,N- dimethylfomiamide (DMF) and POCl3 afforded aldehyde 8 (G. V. Mokrov, et al, Heterocycles, 2008, 75, 2713) (58%) that could be dibrominated with N- bromosuccinimide (NBS) and so delivering the dihalogenated product 9 in 99% yield.
[0098] Two-fold Suzuki-Miyaura cross coupling of this last compound with boronic acid 10 then gave the 1 ,2,3-triarylated pyrrole-2- carboxaldehyde 11 (86%) that was itself subject to a Wittig olefination reaction using the ylid obtained by treating iso- propyltriphenylphosphonium iodide with potassium /er/-butoxide. The /so-butene 12 (85%o) so-formed was subjected to hydrogenation at atmospheric pressures using palladium on carbon as catalyst and the targeted C5-«o-buylated and triaryl-substituted pyrrole 13 thereby obtained in 95% yield.
Figure imgf000066_0001
Scheme 1 [0099] The ester 13 was saponified (Scheme 2) using potassium hydroxide and after work up with aqueous HC1 the corresponding carboxylic acid 14 was obtained in 99% yield. When a solution of compound 14 in dichloromethane was treated, at 20 °C for 16 h, with freshly prepared oxoperoxymolybdenum(pyridine)(hexamethyl-phosphoric triamide) (MoOPH) (E. Vedejs and S. Larsen, Org. Synth., 1985, 64, 127) then the desired 3H-benzo[<J]pyrrole[l,3]oxazine-3,5-dione 15 was obtained in 55% yield after chromatographic purification.
[00100] A second substrate, bis-phenol 16, used to examine the scope of the oxidative cyclisation process was obtained in 90% yield through the boron tribromide-mediated demethylation of compound 14. On treatment with MoOPH in dichloromethane compound 16 was converted into discoipyrrole (1) (56%), the derived spectral data for which proved an excellent match with those reported for the natural product.
Figure imgf000067_0001
BBr3, CH2C½,
-78 to 20 "C
16 h, 90%
Figure imgf000067_0002
16
Scheme 2
[00101] Regioselective Suzuki -Miyaura arylation reactions of the dibromopyrrole 9 are possible. When dibromopyrrole compound 9 was cross coupled with 1.2 molar equivalents of boronic acid 10 then the diarylated pyrrole 17 was obtained and immediately engaged in a second cross-coupling reaction with phenylboronic acid (18) to give the triarylated pyrrole 19 in 77% yield (Scheme 3). [00102] Compound 19 was converted into olefin 20 (70%) using the same ylid as employed previously and the double bond associated with the latter hydrogenated under conventional conditions and thus affording the so-butyl substituted pyrrole 21 in 95% yield. Saponification of the last compound then gave, after acidic work-up, the benzoic acid 22 (99%), the structure of which was confirmed by single-crystal X-ray analysis. When treated with boron tribromide aryl methyl ether 22 was cleaved to give the phenol 23 (82%)) that upon reaction with MoOPH in dichloromethane afforded lactone 2 in 55% yield. The structure of compound 2 was confirmed by single-crystal X-ray analysis. Furthermore, the derived NMR and IR spectral data were in excellent agreement with those reported for discoipyrrole B.
Figure imgf000068_0001
BBr,, CH2C12,
78 to 20 °C
16 h, 82%
Figure imgf000068_0002
23
Scheme 3 [00103] Completely regioselective cross-coupling of the dibrominated pyrrole 9 can be accomplished under the illustrated conditions and thus affording the differentially triarylated pyrroles 25 and 29.
[00104 J As shown in Scheme 4, compound 25 can be accessed by the following steps. Dibromopyrrole compound 9 was cross coupled with 1.2 molar equivalents of phenylboronic acid 18 then the diarylated pyrrole 24 was obtained and immediately engaged in a second cross-coupling reaction with boronic acid 10 to give the triarylated pyrrole 25 in 60% yield.
Figure imgf000069_0001
Scheme 4
[00105] As shown in Scheme 5, compound 29 was accessed by cross coupling of dibromopyrrole 9 with 1.2 molar equivalents of boronic acid 26 then the diarylated pyrrole 27 was obtained and immediately engaged in a second cross-coupling reaction with boronic acid 28 to give the triarylated pyrrole 29 in 54% yield.
Figure imgf000069_0002
Scheme 5 [00106] Scheme 6, like Scheme 5, demonstrates that the illustrated Suzuki -Miyaura cross-coupling reactions can deliver highly oxygenated systems with cross coupling of dibromopyiTole 9 with boronic acid 28 to give the triarylated pyrrole 30 in 71 % yield.
Figure imgf000070_0001
Scheme 6
[00107] The reaction sequence shown in Scheme 7 demonstrates that an indole- containing, rather than a pyrrole-containing, oxidative cyclisation substrate, can engage in the pivotal oxidation cyclisation reaction.
[00108] Coupling of indole 31 with 1 -bromo-Aro-butene 32 afforded compound 33 that can be N-arylated using methyl o-iodobenzoate (6) and thus affording the disubstituted pyrrole 34. Saponification of this last compound then delivers, after acidic work -up, the corresponding acid 35 that upon exposure to MoOPH affords the novel discoipyrrole analogue 36.
Figure imgf000071_0001
Scheme 7
[00109] In one embodiment of the process of the present invention, Compound 4, discoipyrrole D, could be synthesised according to the procedure outlined in Scheme 8.
Figure imgf000072_0001
Scheme 8 [00110] Further analogues of Formula (I) can be accessed according to the reaction sequence outlined in Scheme 9, in which an unexpected regioselectivity was observed in the Suzuki-Miyaura cross-coupling reaction of compound 51 with compound 10 to afford compound 52.
Figure imgf000073_0001
Scheme 9
[00111 ] Further compounds that have been prepared according to analogous procedures to those detailed above and described in the Examples below include those compounds set forth in Table 2.
able 2
Figure imgf000074_0001
[00112] In one embodiment the present invention provides for a compound selected from the compounds set forth in Table 2.
Therapeutic uses and formulations
[00113] Another aspect of the present invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or diluent. In one embodiment the compound of formula (1) is prepared by oxidative cyclisation of a compound of formula (II).
[00114] The present invention also relates to the use of compounds of formula (1) in therapy, in particular, for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
[00115] Accordingly, a further aspect of the invention is directed to a method for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In one embodiment the compound of Formula (I) is prepared according to the process of the present invention by oxidative cyclisation of a compound of Formula (II).
[00116] In one embodiment of the methods of the present invention the disease state or condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer, osteoarthritis, fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, cartilage injury, choroidal neovascularization and liver cirrhosis. In one embodiment of the methods of the present invention the cancer is a lymphoma, a sarcoma or carcinoma. In another embodiment of the methods of the present invention the cancer is of the lung, breast or ovary. In a further embodiment of the methods of the present invention the cancer is non-small-cell lung cancer or squamous cell carcinoma of the lung. In a further embodiment of the methods of the present invention the fibrosis is of the lung, liver or kidney.
[00117] In one embodiment of the methods of the present invention the subject is selected from the group consisting of humans, pets and livestock. In another embodiment of the methods of the present invention the subject is a human. Pharmaceutical and/or Therapeutic Formulations
[00118] In accordance with the present invention, when used for the treatment or prevention of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), compound(s) of the invention may be administered alone. Alternatively, the compounds may be administered as a pharmaceutical or veterinarial, formulation which comprises at least one compound according to the invention. The compound(s) may also be present as suitable salts, including pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
[00119] By pharmaceutically acceptable salt it is meant those salts which, within the scope of sound medical judgement, are suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response and the like, and are commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are well known in the art and include acid addition and base salts. Hemisalts of acids and bases may also be formed.
[00120] For compounds of formula (I) having a basic site, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts may be acid addition salts. For example, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds may be prepared by mixing a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, or citric acid with the compounds of the invention.
[00121] S. M. Berge et al. describe pharmaceutically acceptable salts in detail in J. Pharmaceutical Sciences, 1977, (56: 1-19. The salts can be prepared in situ during the final isolation and purification of the compounds of the invention, or separately by reacting the free base function with a suitable organic acid. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, asparate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, digluconate, cyclopentanepropionate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Suitable base salts are formed from bases that form non-toxic salts. Examples include the aluminium, arginine, benzathine, calcium, choline, diethylamine, diolamine, glycine, lysine, magnesium, meglumine, olamine, potassium, sodium, tromethamine and zinc salts. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as non-toxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, triethanolamine and the like.
[00122] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I may be prepared by methods known to those skilled in the art, including for example:
(i) by reacting the compound of formula I with the desired acid or base;
(ii) by removing an acid- or base-labile protecting group from a suitable precursor of the compound of formula I or by ring-opening a suitable cyclic precursor, for example, a lactone or lactam, using the desired acid or base; or
(iii) by converting one salt of the compound of formula 1 to another by reaction with an appropriate acid or base or by means of a suitable ion exchange column.
[00123] The above reactions (i)-(iii) are typically carried out in solution. The resulting salt may precipitate out and be collected by filtration or may be recovered by evaporation of the solvent. The degree of ionisation in the resulting salt may vary from completely ionised to almost non-ionised.
[00124] Thus, for instance, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds according to the present invention may be prepared by mixing a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, methanesulfonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, benzoic acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, oxalic acid, carbonic acid, tartaric acid, or citric acid with the compounds of the invention. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present invention therefore include acid addition salts.
[00125] The compounds of the invention may exist in both unsolvated and solvated forms. The term 'solvate' is used herein to describe a molecular complex comprising the compound of the invention and a stoichiometric amount of one or more pharmaceutically acceptable solvent molecules, for example, ethanol. The term 'hydrate' is employed when the solvent is water. [00126] In accordance with the present invention, the compounds of the invention may be used in combination with other known treatments or antibacterial agents, including antibiotics. Suitable agents are listed, for example, in the Merck Index, An Encyclopaedia of Chemicals, Drugs and Biologicals, 12th Ed., 1996, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
Modes of Administration
[00127] Convenient modes of administration include injection (subcutaneous, intravenous, etc.), oral administration, inhalation, transdermal application, topical creams or gels or powders, or rectal administration. Depending on the route of administration, the formulation and/or compound may be coated with a material to protect the compound from the action of enzymes, acids and other natural conditions which may inactivate the therapeutic activity of the compound. The compound may also be administered parenterally or intraperitoneally.
[00128] Dispersions of the compounds according to the invention may also be prepared in glycerol, liquid polyethylene glycols, and mixtures thereof and in oils. Under ordinary conditions of storage and use, pharmaceutical preparations may contain a preservative to prevent the growth of microorganisms.
[00129] Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injection include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. Ideally, the composition is stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and may include a preservative to stabilise the composition against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
[00130] In one embodiment of the invention, the compound(s) of the invention may be administered orally, for example, with an inert diluent or an assimilable edible carrier. The compound(s) and other ingredients may also be enclosed in a hard or soft shell gelatin capsule, compressed into tablets, or incorporated directly into an individual's diet. For oral therapeutic administration, the compound(s) may be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of ingestible tablets, buccal tablets, troches, capsules, elixirs, suspensions, syrups, wafers, and the like. Suitably, such compositions and preparations may contain at least 1 % by weight of active compound. The percentage of the compound(s) of formula (I) in pharmaceutical compositions and preparations may, of course, be varied and, for example, may conveniently range from about 2% to about 90%, about 5% to about 80%, about 10% to about 75%, about 15% to about 65%; about 20% to about 60%, about 25% to about 50%, about 30% to about 45%, or about 35% to about 45%, of the weight of the dosage unit. The amount of compound in therapeutically useful compositions is such that a suitable dosage will be obtained.
[00131 ] The language "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is intended to include solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the compound, use thereof in the therapeutic compositions and methods of treatment and prophylaxis is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions according to the present invention. It is especially advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. "Dosage unit form" as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the individual to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of compound(s) is calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The compound(s) may be formulated for convenient and effective administration in effective amounts with a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an acceptable dosage unit. In the case of compositions containing supplementary active ingredients, the dosages are determined by reference to the usual dose and manner of administration of the said ingredients.
[00132] In one embodiment, the carrier may be an orally administrable carrier.
[00133] Another form of a pharmaceutical composition is a dosage form formulated as enterically coated granules, tablets or capsules suitable for oral administration.
[00134] Also included in the scope of this invention are delayed release formulations.
[00135] Compounds of formula (I) according to the invention may also be administered in the form of a "prodrug". A prodrug is an inactive form of a compound which is transformed in vivo to the active form. Suitable prodrugs include esters, phosphonate esters etc, of the active fonn of the compound. [00136] In one embodiment, the compound may be administered by injection. In the case of injectable solutions, the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyetheylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by including various anti-bacterial and/or anti-fungal agents. Suitable agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, benzyl alcohol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it may be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminium monostearate and gelatin.
[00137] Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the analogue in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilisation. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the analogue into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
[00138] Tablets, troches, pills, capsules and the like can also contain the following: a binder such as gum gragacanth, acacia, corn starch or gelatin; excipients such as di calcium phosphate; a disintegrating agent such as com starch, potato starch, alginic acid and the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; and a sweetening agent such as sucrose, lactose or saccharin or a flavouring agent such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry flavouring. When the dosage unit form is a capsule, it can contain, in addition to materials of the above type, a liquid carrier. Various other materials can be present as coatings or to otherwise modify the physical form of the dosage unit. For instance, tablets, pills, or capsules can be coated with shellac, sugar or both. A syrup or elixir can contain the analogue, sucrose as a sweetening agent, methyl and propylparabens as preservatives, a dye and flavouring such as cherry or orange flavour. Of course, any material used in preparing any dosage unit form should be pharmaceutically pure and substantially non-toxic in the amounts employed. In addition, the analogue can be incorporated into sustained-release preparations and formulations. [00139] Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition may further include a suitable buffer to minimise acid hydrolysis. Suitable buffer agent agents are well known to those skilled in the art and include, but are not limited to, phosphates, citrates, carbonates and mixtures thereof.
[00140] Single or multiple administrations of the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be carried out. One skilled in the art would be able, by routine experimentation, to determine effective, non-toxic dosage levels of the compound and/or composition of the invention and an administration pattern which would be suitable for treating the diseases and/or infections to which the compounds and compositions are applicable.
[00141] Further, it will be apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art that the optimal course of treatment, such as the number of doses of the compound or composition of the invention given per day for a defined number of days, can be ascertained using convention course of treatment determination tests.
[00142] Generally, an effecti ve dosage per 24 hours may be in the range of about 0.0001 mg to about 1000 mg per kg body weight; suitably, about 0.001 mg to about 750 mg per kg body weight; about 0.01 mg to about 500 mg per kg body weight; about 0.1 mg to about 500 mg per kg body weight; about 0.1 mg to about 250 mg per kg body weight; or about 1.0 mg to about 250 mg per kg body weight. More suitably, an effective dosage per 24 hours may be in the range of about 1.0 mg to about 200 mg per kg body weight; about 1.0 mg to about 100 mg per kg body weight; about 1.0 mg to about 50 mg per kg body weight; about 1.0 mg to about 25 mg per kg body weight; about 5.0 mg to about 50 mg per kg body weight; about 5.0 mg to about 20 mg per kg body weight; or about 5.0 mg to about 15 mg per kg body weight.
[00143] Alternatively, an effective dosage may be up to about 500mg/m\ For example, generally, an effective dosage is expected to be in the range of about 25 to about
1 1 ")
500mg/m~, about 25 to about 350mg/m", about 25 to about 300mg/m", about 25 to about
^ 2 2
250mg/m", about 50 to about 250mg/m , and about 75 to about 150mg/m .
[00144] In another embodiment, a compound of Formula (I) may be administered in an amount in the range from about 100 to about 1000 mg per day, for example, about 200 rag to about 750 mg per day, about 250 to about 500 mg per day, about 250 to about 300 rag per day, or about 270 mg to about 280 rag per day.
[00145] Compounds in accordance with the present invention may be administered as part of a therapeutic regimen with other drugs. It may desirable to administer a combination of active compounds, for example, for the purpose of treating a particular disease or condition. Accordingly, it is within the scope of the present invention that two or more pharmaceutical compositions, at least one of which contains a compound of formula (I) according to the present invention, may be combined in the form of a kit suitable for co-administration of the compositions.
[00146] The invention will now be described in more detail, by way of illustration only, with respect to the following examples. The examples are intended to serve to illustrate this invention and should not be construed as limiting the generality of the disclosure of the description throughout this specification.
Examples
General Experimental Protocols
1 1
[00147] Unless otherwise specified, proton ( H) and carbon ( ~ C) NMR spectra were recorded at room temperature in base-filtered CDC13 on a Bruker spectrometer operating at 400 MHz for proton and 100 MHz for carbon nuclei. For 1H NMR spectra, signals arising from the residual protio-forms of the solvent were used as the internal standards. ]H NMR data are recorded as follows: chemical shift (δ) [multiplicity, coupling constants ) J (Hz), relative integral] where multiplicity is defined as: s = singlet; d = doublet; t = triplet; q = quartet; m = multiplet or combinations of the above. The signal due to residual CHCI3 appearing at δκ 7.26 and the central resonance of the CDCI3 "triplet" appearing at 5c 77.0 were used to reference Ή and 1 C NMR spectra, respectively. The signal due to residual CH2C12 appearing at 5H 5.30 and the central resonance of the CD2C12 "multiplet" appearing at 5c 53.5 were used to reference Ή and
13
' C NMR spectra, respectively. Infrared spectra (vmax) were recorded on a Perkin-Elmer 1800 Series FTIR Spectrometer. Samples were analyzed as thin films on KBr plates. Low-resolution ESI mass spectra were recorded on a single quadrupole liquid chromatograph-mass spectrometer, while high-resolution measurements were conducted on a time-of- flight instrument. Low- and high-resolution EI mass spectra were recorded on a magnetic-sector machine. Melting points were measured on an Optimelt automated melting point system and are uncorrected. Analytical thin layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on aluminum-backed 0.2 mm thick silica gel 60 F254 plates as supplied by Merck. Eluted plates were visualized using a 254 nm UV lamp and/or by treatment with a suitable dip followed by heating. These dips included phosphomolybdic acid : eerie sulfate : sulfuric acid (cone.) : water (37.5 g : 7.5 g : 37.5 g : 720 mL) or potassium permanganate : potassium carbonate : 5% sodium hydroxide aqueous solution : water (3 g : 20 g: 5 mL : 300 mL). Flash chromatographic separations were carried out following protocols defined by Still et al. (W. C. Still, et al, J. Org. Chem., 1978, 43, 2923) with silica gel 60 (40-63 μιη) as the stationary phase and using the A - or HPLC-grade solvents indicated. Starting materials and reagents were generally available from the Sigma-Aldrich, Merck, TCI, Strem or Lancaster Chemical Companies and were used as supplied. Drying agents and other inorganic salts were purchased from the AJAX, BDH or Unilab Chemical Companies. Tetrahydrofuran (THF), diethyl ether, methanol and dichloromethane were dried using a Glass Contour solvent purification system that is based upon a technology originally described by Grubbs et al (A. B. Pangborn, et al, Organometallics, 1996, 15, 1518). Where necessary, reactions were performed under an nitrogen atmosphere.
Specific Chemical Transformations
Example 1 - Compound 7
Figure imgf000083_0001
7
[00148] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 5 (1.66 mL, 24 mmol), compound 6 (3 mL, 20 mmol), Cul (380 mg, 2mmol), 1 ,10-phenanthroline (720 mg, 4 mmol) and K3P04 (9.1 g, 42 mmol) in anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) was heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was then passed through a pad of silica. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 30: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R = 0.7 in 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 7 (3.98 g, 99%) as a colorless syrup.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.69 (m, 1 H), 7.43 (m, 1H), 7.30-7.26 (complex m, 2H),
6.72-6.70 (complex m, 2H), 6.22-6.20 (complex m, 2H), 3.60 (s, 1H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 167.4, 140.3, 132.2, 130.5, 127.9, 127.0, 126.6, 121.9,
109.7, 52.4.
IR (KBr) vmax 2950, 1724, 1603, 1502, 1453, 1333, 1296, 1265, 1243, 1 126, 1085, 1071 , 924, 825, 764, 728, 626 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 202 ( | I I | \ 52%), 224 ([M+Na] ' , 23).
HRMS Found: (M+H)+, 202.0872. Ci2HuN02 requires (M+H)\ 202.0868.
Example 2 - Compound 8
Figure imgf000084_0001
8
[00149] A magnetically stirred solution of anhydrous DMF (10 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with POCI3 (2.19 mL, 23.74 mmol), and the ensuing orange mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 45 min before being treated with a solution of compound 7 (3.98 g, 19.79 mmol) in anhydrous THF (20 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 20 °C for 3 h and then quenched with ice (50 g). The mixture was neutralised using NaHC03 to pH 7, and then extracted with Et20 (3x80 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (200 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 6: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.6 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 8 (2.66 g, 59%) as a colorless syrup.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J = 7.7 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (td, J = 7.7 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.10 (dd, J = 4.0 and 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.41 (dd, J = 4.0 and 2.5 Hz, l H), 3.66 (s, 3H). "C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 178.6, 165.3, 139.2, 133.3, 132.6, 131.5, 131.0, 128.9, 128.8, 128.5, 122.9, 1 10.6, 52.3.
IR (KBr) i¾iax 2951, 1729, 1667, 1601 , 1528, 1497, 1468, 1413, 1365, 1295, 1262, 1080, 783 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 252 ([M+Naf, 100%).
HRMS Found: (M i l ) , 230.0819. C,3HiiN03 requires (M+H)\ 230.0817.
Example 3 - Compound 9
Figure imgf000085_0001
9
[00150] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 8 (643 mg, 2.8 mmol) in dry THF (15 mL) maintained at -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with NBS (1.05 g, 5.8 mmol). The resulting pale yellow mixture was left to warm to 20 °C over 16 h and was then treated with Na2S03 (700 mg, 5.8 mmol) at 0 °C. The suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min and was then passed through a pad of ('elite ' . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 8: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.5 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 9 (1.06 g, 99%) as a pale yellow oil.
lH NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 9.24 (s, 1H), 8.15(m, 1H), 7.68(m, lH), 7.62 (m, l H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.14 (s, l H), 3.71 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 177.0, 164.3, 137.3, 134.1 , 133.2, 131.6, 130.0, 129.9, 128.4, 122.9, 1 17.5, 101.5, 52.44.
IR (KBr) vmax 3441 , 1726, 1674, 1495, 1397, 1296, 1269, 1092, 969, 815, 700 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 408 ([M+Naf, 48%), 386 (| \M I | . 13).
HRMS Found: (M+Naf, 407.8847. ¾Η9ΒΓ2ΝΌ3 requires (M+Naf, 407.8847. Example 4 - Compound 11
Figure imgf000086_0001
11
[00151 ] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 9 (639 mg, 1.63 mmol), compound 10 (1.28 g, 8.14 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (188 mg, 0.16 mmol) and Na2C03 (1.04 g, 9.78 mmol) in 1,2-DME/H20 (28 mL of a 6: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 20 h. The cooled reaction mixture was passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 3: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/= 0.2 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 11 (618 mg, 86%) as a pale yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.47 (s, 1 H), 7.92 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.8 Hz, l H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.40 (m, l H), 7.32 (s, l H), 7.26 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 3.70 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 178.6, 165.3, 159.4, 158.2, 139.6, 137.9, 132.8, 132.3, 132.0, 130.9, 130.8, 129.6, 129.2, 128.6, 127.2, 125.1 , 122.6, 1 13.8, 1 13.7, 55.2, 55.1 , 52.3.
IR ( Br) vmax 2952, 2836, 1727, 1664, 1610, 1513, 1460, 1292, 1249, 1 178, 1031, 825, 792 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 464 ([M+Na] ' , 100%), 442 (| \M I | . 38).
HRMS Found: (M i l ) . 442.1664. C27H23NO5 requires (M+H) , 442.1654. Example 5 - Compound 12
Figure imgf000087_0001
12
[00152] A magnetically stirred suspension of -PrPPh3I (871 mg, 1.98 mmol) in anhydrous THF (10 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with /-BuOK (1.6 mL of a l .O M solution in THF, 1.61 mmol), and the ensuing red suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min before being cooled to -78 °C. Then a solution of compound 11 (545 mg, 1.24 mmol) in anhydrous THF (8 mL) was added, and the resulting orange mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h before being treated, successively, with NH4CI (10 mL of a saturated aqueous solution) and water (20 mL) and then extracted with DCM (3x30 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (100 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 8: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.7 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 12 (488 mg, 85%) as a pale yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.84 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.47 (td, J = 7.7 and 1.7 Hz, l H), 7.37 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.21 (complex m, 3H), 6.99 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.82 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.55 (s, 1 H), 5.62 (s, lH), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 1.81 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 166.2, 158.3, 157.4, 138.5, 134.4, 132.2, 132.1, 132.0, 131.3, 130.8, 130.6, 129.6, 129.4, 129.0, 127.7, 125.2, 122.4, 1 14.8, 1 13.6, 1 13.4, 108.9, 55.2, 55.0, 52.2, 27.0, 20.3.
IR (KBr) vmax 2934, 1730, 1516, 1456, 1289, 1246, 1 178, 1033, 833, 775 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 490 (| M · \'a | . 100%), 467 (| M I I | . 77).
HRMS Found: (M i l ) . 468.2174. C30H29NO4 requires (M i l ) . 468.2175. Example 6 - Compound 13
Figure imgf000088_0001
13
[00153] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 12 (233 mg, 0.5 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) was treated with palladium on carbon (53 mg, 0.05 mmol), and the ensuing black suspension was stirred at 20 °C under a hydrogen atmosphere for 16 h before being passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 8:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/= 0.4 in 4:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 13 (222 mg, 95%) as a pale yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.85 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, lH), 7.41-7.33 (complex m, 2H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 6.97 (m, 2H), 6.8 l(m, 2H), 6.67 (m, 2H), 6.34 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (d, J= 7.0 Hz, 3H), 3.73 (d,J= 7.3 Hz, 3H), 3.70 (d,J= 7.2 Hz, 3H), 2.32 (m, 2H), 1.79 (m, 1H), 1.03-0.90 (complex m, 6H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 166.0, 158.2, 157.2, 138.8, 133.6, 132.2, 132.0, 131.2, 130.8, 130.6, 129.6, 128.8, 127.8, 125.5, 121.5, 113.5, 113.3, 107.3, 55.1, 54.9, 52.2, 36.3,27.7, 22.7, 22.7.
IR(KBr) vmax2952, 1732, 1721, 1517, 1492, 1456, 1291, 1246, 1177, 1033, 832 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 492 ([M+Naf, 100%), 469 ([M+Hf, 71).
HRMS Found: (M il) .470.2332. C30H31NO4 requires (M+H)\ 470.2331. Example 7 - Compound 14
Figure imgf000089_0001
14
[00154] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 13 (105 mg, 0.22 mmol) in TH F/H20/MeOH (20 mL of a 1:1:2 v/v/v mixture) was treated with KOH (123 mg, 2.2 mmol) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (Cat.), and the ensuing mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was acidified, using HCl (2 M aqueous solution), to pH 1. The suspension thus formed was diluted with brine (50 mL) and the extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and the concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 50:1 v/v DCM/MeOH elution). Concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.3 in 50:1 v/v DCM/MeOH) gave a yellow oil that upon recrystallization (hexane/DCM) afforded compound 14 (TOO mg, 99%) as a yellow, crystalline solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.88 (dd, J= 7.8 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (td,J= 7.6 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (td, J= 7.7 and 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, lH), 7.13 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.87 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.73 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.52 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.23 (s, lH), 3.76 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.28 (dd, J= 15.1 and 7.0 Hz, lH), 2.18 (dd, J= 15.1 and 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.67 (m, lH), 0.86 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.84 (d, J= 6.5 Hz, 3H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 169.8, 158.3, 157.3, 139.5, 133.5, 133.0, 132.5, 131.6, 131.6, 129.7, 129.6, 129.3, 129.0, 128.0, 125.5, 122.0, 113.6, 113.5, 107.7, 55.3, 55.1, 36.4, 27.8,22.8,22.7.
IR (KBr) vmax3068, 2954, 1698, 1601, 1517, 1463, 1288, 1246, 1177, 1033, 834, 778 cm" 1
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 456 (|M II|\ 100%), 478 (|M · \'a| .28).
HRMS Found: (M+H)+, 456.2175. C29H29N04 requires (M+H)+, 456.2175.
m.p. = 145- 146 °C. Example 8 - Compound 15
Figure imgf000090_0001
15
[00155] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 14 (73 mg, 0.16 mmol) in MeOH/DCM (8 mL of a 1:1 v/v mixture) under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with MoOPH (165 mg, 0.48 mmol), and the ensuing yellow mixture was stirred in dark for 16 h before being passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was washed with H20 (2x50 mL), brine (100 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 5:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.7 in 1:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 15 (41 mg, 55%) as a yellow oil.
1H N R (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 8.07 (dd,J= 7.8 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (td,J= 8.0 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J =8.9 Hz, 2H), 6.93 (d,J= 9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d,J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.32 (d,J= 8.2 Hz, lH), 2.34 (dd, J= 14.0 and 5.9 Hz, l H), 1.97 (dd, J= 14.0 and 6.9 Hz, l H), 1.77 (m, 1H), 0.94 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.82 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) S 194.3, 168.6, 161.9, 161.3, 158.6, 137.5, 134.6, 131.0, 130.4, 130.2, 124.9, 122.0, 121.7, 121.4, 118.3, 115.2, 114.7, 113.8, 91.3, 55.5, 55.3, 42.0, 24.1,24.0, 23.1.
IR(KBr) vmax2958, 2918, 1740, 1700, 1609, 1484,1385, 1252, 1175, 1021, 753 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 470 (|M II|\ 100%), 492 (|M · \'a| .8).
HRMS Found: (M+Na)', 492.1792. C29H27N05 requires (M+Na)+, 492.1787. Example 9 - Compound 16
Figure imgf000091_0001
16
[00156] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 14 (502 mg, 1.1 mmol) in dry DCM (40 mL) maintained at -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with BBr3 (11 mL of a 1.0 M solution in DCM, 11 mmol), the ensuing red mixture was left to warm to 20 °C over 16 h before being treated, successively, with ice (100 g) and brine (100 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3x100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 20:1 v/v DCM/MeOH elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/= 0.1 in 20:1 v/v DCM/MeOH), compound 16 (422 mg, 90%) as a yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.84 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (td,J= 7.6 and 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (dd,J= 7.8 and 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.50 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 2.29 (dd,J= 15.1 and 7.3 Hz, lH), 2.19 (dd,J= 15.0 and 7.1 Hz, lH), 1.63 (m, 1H), 0.84 (t, J= 6.6 Hz, 6H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) δ 169.0, 157.1, 155.6, 140.3, 134.2, 133.7, 133.0, 132.8, 132.5, 131.7, 130.9, 130.1, 129.7, 128.8, 126.1, 122.6, 115.7, 115.6, 108.0, 37.5, 28.9, 23.1,22.9.
IR(KBr)vmax 3338, 2954, 1699, 1601, 1518, 1493, 1365, 1227, 1171, 1100, 834 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 428 (| II| .100%), 450 (|M · Na| .53).
HRMS Found: (M il) , 428.1866. C27H25N04 requires (M+H)\ 428.1862.
Figure imgf000092_0001
[00157] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 16 (243 mg, 0.57 mmol) in MeOH/DCM (20 mL of a 1 : 1 v/v mixture) under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with MoOPH (543 mg, 1.25 mmol), and the ensuing yellow mixture was stirred in dark for 16 h before being passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was washed with H20 (2x80 mL), brine (150 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 3:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.4 in 1:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 1 (140 mg, 56%) as a yellow amorphous solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.03 (dd, J = 7.9 and 1.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.43 (td, J = 7.9 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (td, J = 7.7 and 1.0 Hz, lH), 7.08 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 6.96 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.85 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.63 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.47 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 2.21 (dd,J= 14.0 and 6.1 Hz, lH), 1.99 (dd,J= 14.0 and 6.5 Hz, 1H), 1.76 (m, lH), 0.95 (d,J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.84 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) δ 196.5, 172.1, 163.3, 161.1, 157.7, 138.7, 136.0, 131.6, 131.5, 126.2, 123.5, 121.7, 121.0, 119.2, 116.9, 116.4, 115.9, 92.5,43.0, 25.2, 24.2, 23.5. IR(KBr) vmax3352, 2962, 1735, 1709, 1673, 1608, 1559, 1522, 1483, 1385, 1272, 1235, 1172, 1071, 1022, 835, 754 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 442 (|\MI|\ 100%), 464 ([M+Na] ', 24).
HRMS Found: (M+Na)", 464.1477. C27H23N05 requires (M+Na) T , 464.1474. Example 11 - Compound 19
Figure imgf000093_0001
19
[00158] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 9 (4.56 g, 1 1.79 mmol), compound 10 (2.01 g, 12.97 mmol), Pd(PPh )4 (1.36 g, 1.18 mmol) and Na2C03 (10 g, 94.32 mmol) in 1,2-DME/H20 (120 mL of a 5: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 h before being treated with compound 18 (2.85 g, 23.58 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (680 mg, 0.59 mmol) and Na2C03 (5 g, 47.16 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was passed through a pad of ( elite \ The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.5 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 19 (3.74 g, 77%) as a pale yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.51 (s, 1H), 7.95 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (td, J = 7.7 and 1.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.38 (s, 1 H), 7.28-7.26 (complex m, 5H), 7.23-7.18 (complex m, 1H), 6.97 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 178.7, 165.3, 159.5, 140.0, 137.9, 134.8, 132.9, 132.4, 132.0, 131.0, 130.8, 129.6, 128.7, 128.4, 128.1, 126.3, 125.4, 122.5, 122.0, 1 13.8, 55.1 , 52.4.
IR (KBr) vmax 2951 , 2838, 1727, 1664, 1603, 1496, 1462, 1427, 1293, 1252, 1 177, 1 156,
1092, 1030, 912, 848, 766, 735, 700 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 434 (| M · \'a | . 100%), 412 (| \M I | . 26).
HRMS Found: (M+Na)+, 434.1368. C26H21N04 requires (M a) . 434.1368. Example 12 - Compound 20
Figure imgf000094_0001
20
[00159] A magnetically stirred suspension of /-PrPPhVI (6.41 g, 14.54 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with -BuOK (13.64 mL of a 1.0 M solution in THF, 13.64 mmol), and the ensuing red suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 30 min before being cooled to -78 °C. Then a solution of compound 19 (3.74 g, 9.09 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was added, and the resulting orange mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1 h before being treated, successively, with NH4CI (30 mL of a saturated aqueous solution) and water (50 mL) and then extracted with DCM (3x 100 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine ( 100 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 15: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.7 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 20 (2.79 g, 70%) as a pale yellow foam. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.46 (m, I H), 7.36 (m, l H), 7.31 -7.28 (complex m, 2H), 7.24-7.19 (complex m, 3H), 7.1 1 (m, IH), 6.94 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.64 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (s, I H), 5.57 (s, IH), 3.72 (s, 3H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1 .77 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) S 166.2, 158.5, 138.5, 136.8, 134.7, 132.4, 132.2, 132.1 , 131 .4, 130.9, 130.7, 130.3, 128.1 , 128.1 , 127.8, 125.2, 125.1 , 122.8, 1 14.8, 1 13.5, 109.0, 55.1 , 52.3, 27.0, 20.4.
IR (KBr) vmax 2950, 1729, 1600, 1520, 1493, 1455, 1366, 1292, 1248, 1 178, 1 127, 1090, 1033, 832, 762, 698 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 438 ( | M I I | \ 100%), 460 · \'a | . 19).
HRMS Found: (M+H)+, 438.2069. C29H27NO3 requires (M+H)\ 438.2069. Example 13 - Compound 21
Figure imgf000095_0001
21
[00160] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 20 (2.79 g, 6.39 mmol) in dry THF (80 mL) was treated with palladium on carbon (677 mg, 0.64 mmol), and the ensuing black suspension was stirred at 20 °C under a hydrogen atmosphere for 16 h before being passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 10:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions {R/= 0.6 in 4:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 21 (2.65 g, 95%) as a pale yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.83 (dd, J= 7.8 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (td,J= 7.6 and 1.6 Hz, lH), 7.39 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.3 Hz, lH), 7.32-7.27 (complex m, 3H), 7.21 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 1H), 6.93 (d,J=8.8Hz, 2H), 6.64 (d,J=8.8Hz, 2H), 6.33 (s, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.31 (dd, J= 15.2 and 6.9 Hz, lH), 2.22 (dd, J= 15.2 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.75 (m, 1H), 0.91 (d,J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.91 (d,J= 6.6 Hz, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC1 ) δ 166.2, 158.4, 138.8, 137.1, 133.9, 132.3, 132.2, 131.4, 131.0, 130.7, 130.3, 128.1, 128.0, 127.9, 125.5, 124.9, 122.0, 113.4, 107.4, 55.1, 52.4, 36.4,27.8,22.8,22.8.
IR(KBr) vmax2952, 1733, 1722, 1600, 1528, 1508, 1493, 1455, 1291, 1247, 1175, 1127, 1088, 1033, 840, 760, 698 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 440 (|\MI| .100%), 462 (|\l \'a|\ 33).
HRMS Found: (M il) .440.2224. C29H29N0 requires (M il) .440.2226. Example 14 - Compound 22
Figure imgf000096_0001
22
[00161] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 21 (2.65 g, 6.04 mmol) in THF/H20/MeOH (120 mL of a 1:1:2 v/v/v mixture) was treated with KOH (1.7 g, 30.18 mmol) and benzyltriethylammonium chloride (Cat.), and the ensuing mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was acidified, using HCl (2 M aqueous solution), to pH 1. The suspension thus fonned was diluted with brine (100 mL) and the extracted with ethyl acetate (3*100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and the concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 50:1 v/v DCM/MeOH elution). Concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/= 0.3 in 50:1 v/v DCM/MeOH) gave a yellow oil that upon recrystallization (hexane/DCM) afforded compound 22 (2.59 g, 99%) as a yellow, crystalline solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.88 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (td, J= 7.7 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (td, J =1.6 and 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.30 (dd, J= 7.8 and 1.2 Hz, IH), 7.23-7.14 (complex m, 4H), 7.08 (m, lH), 6.88 (d, J= 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.51 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.28 (s, IH), 3.63 (s, 3H), 2.29 (dd, J= 15.1 and 6.9 Hz, IH), 2.21 (dd, J= 15.1 and 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.68 (m, IH), 0.86 (t, J= 6.7 Hz, 6H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 170.5, 158.3, 139.5, 137.0, 133.6, 133.0, 132.5, 131.6, 131.6, 130.2, 129.3, 128.1, 128.0, 128.0, 125.4, 124.9, 122.2, 113.5, 107.8, 55.1, 36.4, 27.8,22.8,22.7.
IR (KBr) vmax2953, 1700, 1600, 1528, 1508, 1492, 1462, 1287, 1247, 1175, 1106, 1033, 838, 760, 697 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 426 (|M II| .100%), 448 ([M+Na] , 40).
HRMS Found: (M il) .426.2069. C28H27NO3 requires (M il) .426.2069.
m.p. = 122- 123 °C. Example 15 - Compound 23
Figure imgf000097_0001
23
[00162] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 22 (1.04 g, 2.44 mmol) in dry DCM (40 mL) maintained at -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with BBr3 (12.2 mL of a 1.0 M solution in DCM, 12.2 mmol), the ensuing red mixture was left to wann to 20 °C over 16 h before being treated, successively, with ice (100 g) and brine (100 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3x 100 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 50: 1 v/v DCM/MeOH elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/= 0.5 in 10: 1 v/v DCM/MeOH), compound 23 (822 mg, 82%) as a yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD OD) δ 7.85 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.17 (complex m, 2H), 7.16 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.07 (complex m, 2H), 6.99 (m, l H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.51 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.23 (s, l H), 2.31 (dd, J = 15.0 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.20 (dd, J = 15.0 and 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 1.65 (m, IH), 0.85 (t, J= 6.3 Hz, 6H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) δ 168.9, 157.3, 140.1, 138.5, 134.5, 133.7, 133.0, 132.8, 132.5, 131.8, 131.7, 128.9, 128.8, 128.5, 125.9, 125.6, 122.7, 1 15.7, 108.0, 37.5, 28.8, 23.1 , 22.9.
IR (KBr) vmax 3280, 2955, 1698, 1601 , 1529, 1509, 1494, 1461 , 1266, 1170, 1098, 841 , 760, 697 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 434 (| M · \'a | . 100%), 412 (| M I I | . 40).
HRMS Found: (M i l ) , 412.1912. C27H25N0 requires (M+H)+, 412.1913. Example 16 - Compound 2
Figure imgf000098_0001
2
[00163] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 23 (481 mg, 1.17 mmol) in MeOH/DCM (20 mL of a 1 : 1 v/v mixture) under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with MoOPH (1.12 g, 2.57 mmol), and the ensuing yellow mixture was stin-ed in dark for 16 h before being passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was washed with H20 (2x80 mL), brine (150 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 6: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution). Concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.3 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate) gave a yellow solid that upon recrystallization (CD3OD) afforded compound 2 (273 mg, 55%) as a yellow, crystalline solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.04 (dd, J = 7.9 and 1.6 Hz, l H), 7.42 (td, J = 7.9 and 1.6 Hz, I H), 7.27 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.1 Hz, lH), 7.21-7.1 1 (complex m, 5H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.84 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.49 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1 H), 2.22 (dd, J = 14.1 and 6.1 Hz, 1H), 1.99 (dd, J = 14.0 and 6.5 Hz, IH), 1.78 (m, IH), 0.95 (d, J = 6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) δ 195.9, 172.9, 163.2, 161.2, 138.4, 136.0, 131.7, 131.6, 130.8, 130.2, 129.0, 128.0, 126.4, 123.5, 120.7, 1 19.3, 1 17.0, 1 16.2, 92.6, 43.0, 25.1 , 24.2, 23.5.
IR (KBr) Vmax 3350, 2970, 1741 , 1703, 1603, 1516, 1483, 1386, 1278, 1233, 1 173, 1 1 1 1 ,
1070, 1021, 963, 942, 838, 754, 695 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 426 ( | M I I | . 100%), 448 ([M+Na] , 40).
HRMS Found: (M+H)+, 426.1696. C27H23N04 requires (M+H)+, 426.1705.
m.p. = 143- 144 °C. Example 17 - Compound 25
Figure imgf000099_0001
25
[0100] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 9 (962 mg, 2.5 mmol), compound 18 (370 mg, 3 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (150 mg, 0.13 mmol) and Na2C03 (1.06 g, 10 mmol) in 1,2-DME/H20 (18 mL of a 5: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 h before being treated with compound 10 (784 mg, 5 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (150 mg, 0.13 mmol) and Na2C03 (1.06 g, 10 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was passed through a pad of ( 'elite \ The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions {Rj = 0.5 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 25 (616 mg, 60%) as a pale yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.51 (s, I H), 7.92 (dd, J = 7.7 and 1.3 Hz, lH), 7.48 (m,
1H), 7.41 (m, IH), 7.34 (s, 1 H), 7.26 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 7.21-7.1 1 (complex m, 5H),
7.07-7.02 (complex m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.71 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 178.8, 165.3, 158.3, 139.5, 137.8, 133.0, 132.3, 131.8,
130.9, 130.8, 130.8, 130.6, 129.6, 129.3, 128.7, 128.3, 128.2, 127.1 , 125.3, 1 13.9, 55.3,
52.4.
IR (KBr) vmax 2951 , 2836, 1730, 1671 , 1602, 1553, 1513, 1462, 1411 , 1366, 1294, 1179,
1 156, 1092, 1030, 954, 825, 791 , 768, 734, 701 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 434 ( | M \'a| . 100%), 412 (| \M I | . 15).
HRMS Found: (M Na) . 434.1364. C26H2jN04 requires (M Na) . 434.1368. Example 18 - Compound 30
Figure imgf000100_0001
30
[0101] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 9 (770 mg, 2 mmol), compound 28 (996 mg, 6 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (230 mg, 0.2 mmol) and Na2C03 (1.06 g, 10 mmol) in 1,2-DME/H20 (18 mL of a 5: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 48 h The cooled reaction mixture was passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.3 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 30 (665 mg, 71 %) as a white solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 9.47 (s, l H), 7.94 (dd, .1= 7.7 and 1.7 Hz, l H), 7.51 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.7 Hz, l H), 7.43 (td, J = 7.6 and 1.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.28-7.21 (complex m, 2H), 6.79-6.70 (complex m, 3H), 6.59 (m, 1H), 6.55-6.50 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, 2H), 5.90 (s, 2H), 3.72 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 178.7, 165.4, 147.7, 147.6, 147.5, 146.2, 139.2, 137.8,
132.7, 132.5, 131.0, 130.7, 129.5, 128.8, 128.7, 125.3, 125.0, 123.8, 121.8, 121.7, 1 10.8,
108.8, 108.4, 108.3, 101.3, 101.0, 77.5, 77.2, 76.8, 52.4.
IR (KBr) vmax 2982, 2793, 1721 , 1558, 1465, 1449, 1233, 1092, 1030, 91 1, 812 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 492 ( | M · \'a | . 100%), 470 ([M+H] ' , 20).
HRMS Found: (M+H)+, 470.1241. C^yH^ Oy requires (M+H)+, 470.1240. Example 19 - Compound 29
Figure imgf000101_0001
29
[0102] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 9 (762 mg, 1.97 mmol), compound 26 (440 mg, 2.36 mraol), Pd(PPh )4 (1 14 mg, 0.10 mmol) and Na2C0 (835 mg, 7.88 mmol) in 1 ,2-DME/H20 (18 mL of a 5: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 4 h before being treated with compound 28 (807 mg, 4.9 mmol), Pd(PPh3)4 (1 14 mg, 0.10 mmol) and Na2C03 (835 mg, 7.88 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at 85 °C for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was passed through a pad of ('elite ' . The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.2 in 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 29 (516 mg, 54%) as a white solid and a mixture of retainers.
13C NMR ( 100 MHz, CDC13) δ (mixture of rotamers) 179.1 , 178.7, 165.5, 165.1 , 152.9, 152.6, 148.1 , 147.7, 147.6, 146.1 , 137.7, 136.0, 134.1 , 133.1 , 132.5, 131.7, 131 .2, 130.5, 130.3, 130.2, 129.5, 129.0, 128.7, 128.5, 125.3, 125.2, 125.0, 124.8, 123.8, 123.7, 121.1 , 120.9, 1 14.0, 1 13.6, 108.4, 108.2, 108.0, 100.9, 60.5, 60.3, 56.0, 55.7, 52.4, 52.2
IR (KBr) x 1727, 1658, 1495, 1458, 1399, 1267, 1235, 1090, 1035, 933, 805, 777, 727, 708 cm"1 .
MS (ESI, +ve): m/- 486 ( | M I I | . 100%), 508 (| M · Na | . 10).
HRMS Found: ( M i l ) , 486.1552. C28H23N07 requires (M+H)\ 486.1553.
Example 20 - Compound 33
Figure imgf000101_0002
[0103] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 31 (354 mg, 3.03 mmol), compound 32 (1 mL, 9.09 mmol), PdCl2(MeCN)2 (78 mg, 0.3 mmol), norbornene (854 mg, 9.09 mmol) and K2C03 (1.25 g, 9.09 mmol) in DMA/H20 (15.5 mL of a 30: 1 v/v mixture) was heated to 90 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 60 h before being passed through a pad of silica. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 30: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.5 in 8: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 33 (394 mg, 75%) as a yellow oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.78 (bs, 1H), 7.61 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, lH), 7.32 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.17 (m, 2H), 6.30 (s, 1H), 2.64 (d, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 2.02 (m, 1 H), 1.04 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 6H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 139.0, 135.9, 129.0, 121.0, 119.8, 1 19.6, 1 10.4, 100.5, 77.5, 77.2, 76.8, 37.8, 29.0, 22.6.
IR (KBr) 3407, 2955, 1714, 1550, 1457, 1416, 1291 , 1013, 778, 748 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 174 ( | M I I | . 100%).
HRMS (EI, +ve) Found: (M)+, 173.1204. C12H15 requires ( M ) , 173.1204.
Example 21 - Compound 34
Figure imgf000102_0001
34
[0104] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 33 (215 mg, 1 .24 mmol), compound 6 (390 mg, 1.49 mmol), Cul (23 mg, 0.12 mmol), Ν,Ν'- dimethylethylenediamine (21 mg, 0.24 mmol) and K3P04 (631 mg, 2.98 mmol) in anhydrous 1 ,4-dioxane (2 mL) was heated at 1 10 °C in a glass sealed tube for 48 h. The cooled reaction mixture was then passed through a pad of silica. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 200: 1 v/v hexane/diethyl ether elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.5 in 8: 1 v/v hexane/diethyl ether), compound 34 (327 mg, 86%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.09 (dd, J= 7.8 and 1.7 Hz, 1 H), 7.70 (td, J= 7.6 and 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62-7.52 (complex m, 2H), 7.41 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.1 Hz, lH), 7.13-7.04 (complex m, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 7.9 Hz, 1 H), 6.45 (s, 1 H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 2.50 (dd, J = 15.1 and 7.1 Hz, 1 H), 2.37 (dd, J = 15.1 and 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.83 (m, 1H), 0.90 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 6H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 166.3, 141.3, 138.8, 137.7, 133.0, 131.6, 130.9, 130.7, 128.5, 128.3, 121.1, 1 19.9, 1 19.7, 109.5, 101.2, 52.3, 36.4, 27.8, 22.7.
IR (KBr) vmax 2953, 1721, 1600, 1549, 1493, 1460, 1295, 1255, 1 127, 1087, 963, 765, 747, 71 1 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 330 ([M+Na] , 100%), 308 ([M+H] , 20).
HRMS Found: ( M i l ) . 308.1650. C2oH2iN02 requires (M i l ) . 308.1651.
Example 22 - Compo
Figure imgf000103_0001
35
[0105] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 34 (98 mg, 0.32 mmol) in MeOH/H20 ( 15 mL of a 2: 1 v/v mixture) was treated with KOH (179 mg, 3.2 mmol), and the ensuing mixture was heated at reflux for 16 h. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, and the residue was acidified, using HCl (2 M aqueous solution), to pH 1. The suspension thus fonned was diluted with brine (50 mL) and the extracted with ethyl acetate (3x50 mL). The combined organic phases were dried (Na2S04), filtered, and the concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 100: 1 v/v DCM/MeOH elution). Concentration of the appropriate fractions {Rj = 0.5 in 10: 1 v/v DCM/MeOH) gave a colourless oil that upon recrystallization (hexane/DCM) afforded compound 35 (91 mg, 97%) as a white, crystalline solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.12 (dd, J = 7.8 and 1.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.71 (td, J = 7.7 and 1.6 Hz, l H), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.34 (dd, J = 7.8 and 0.9 Hz, l H), 7.1 1-7.00 (complex m, 2H), 6.80 (d, J= 8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (s, IH), 2.42 (dd, J= 15.2 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 2.28 (dd, J =
15.2 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.78 (m, 1H), 0.85 (d,J = 8.4 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (d,J= 8.4 Hz, 3H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 169.8, 141.4, 138.7, 138.4, 133.9, 132.4, 131.3, 128.6,
128.5, 121.1, 120.0, 119.7, 119.7, 109.5, 101.4,36.4, 27.8,22.7, 22.6.
IR (KBr) vmax2952, 2863, 1697, 1683, 1494, 1460, 1298, 1271, 1088, 923, 743, 732, 708 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 316 ([M+Naf , 100%), 294 (|\MI| .5).
HRMS Found: (M il) , 294.1496. Ci9Hi9N02 requires
Figure imgf000104_0001
294.1494.
m.p. = 163- 164 °C.
Example 23 - Compound 36
Figure imgf000104_0002
36
[0106] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 35 (90 mg, 0.31 mmol) in MeOH/DCM (8 mL of a 1 : 1 v/v mixture) under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with MoOPH (296 mg, 0.68 mmol), and the ensuing yellow mixture was stirred in dark for 16 h before being passed through a pad of Celite*. The filtrate was washed with H20 (2x50 mL), brine (100 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 10:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.6 in 2:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 36 (64 mg, 68%) as a yellow oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) δ 8.13 (dd, J= 7.8 and 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.79-7.72 (complex m, 2H), 7.59 (m, IH), 7.54 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, IH), 7.39-7.29 (complex m, 2H), 7.07 (m, IH), 2.29 (dd,J= 14.3 and 6.2 Hz, IH), 1.99 (dd,J= 14.3 and 6.8 Hz, IH), 1.55 (m, IH), 0.77 (d,J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.74 (d,J= 6.7 Hz, 3H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 193.3, 161.5, 156.2, 139.6, 138.4, 135.8, 131.4, 126.2, 125.1, 122.5, 121.9, 120.7, 118.1, 110.0, 93.0,41.0, 24.1,23.8,23.1.
IR (KBr) vmax 2959, 2872, 1725, 1616, 1597, 1488, 1467, 1369, 1314, 1234, 1072, 1019, 932, 764, 748, 713 cm"1. MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 330 (| M · \'a | . 100%), 308 (| M I I | . 85).
HRMS Found: (M i l ) , 308.1285. C 19H 17 O3 requires (M+H)+, 308.1287.
Example 24 - Compound 38
Figure imgf000105_0001
[0107] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 5 (1.39 g, 20.8 mmol), compound 37 (6.45 g, 18.9 mmol), Cul (359 mg, 1.9 mmol), 1 , 10-phenanthroline (680 mg, 3.8 mmol) and Cs2C03 (9.30 g, 28.4 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (40 mL) was heated at 100 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 48 h. The cooled reaction mixture was then passed through a pad of TLC-grade silica and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue so formed was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 30: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.5 in 8: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 38 (5.21 g, 99%) as a clear, colorless syrup.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) £ 7.85 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, l H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.5 and 2.4 Hz, 2H), 7.18 (m, 1H), 6.71 (m, 2H), 6.25 (m, 2H), 3.65 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 166.1 , 139.4, 135.3, 133.5, 129.4, 128.3, 122.0, 120.5, 1 10.2, 52.8.
IR vmax 2950, 1729, 1594, 1563, 1498, 1435, 1400, 1329, 1288, 1267, 1238, 1 123, 1094, 1015, 966, 922, 826, 727 cm 1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 282 and 280 [(M+H) , both 50%], 250 and 248 (96 and 100).
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M i l ) . 279.9972. C12Hi1 79BrN02 requires (M i l ) . 279.9973. Example 25 - Compo
Figure imgf000106_0001
[0108] Anhydrous D F/THF (90 mL of a 4:5 v/v mixture) maintained with magnetic stirring at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with POCl3 (5.50 mL, 59.5 mmol) and the resulting orange reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 0.75 h before being treated, dropwise, with a solution of compound 38 (6.47 g, 23.2 mmol) in anhydrous THF (40 mL). The mixture so-formed was warmed to 20 °C then stirred at this temperature for 3 h before being quenched with ice (100 g). The ensuing mixture was neutralized using NaHC03 (saturated aqueous solution) then extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 150 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (1 x 300 mL) before being dried (NaiSC^), filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 12: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.3 in 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 39 (5.89 g, 83%) as a clear, colorless syrup.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 9.48 (s, 1H), 8.16 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, lH), 7.71 (dd, J = 8.3 and 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.19 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (dd, J = 4.0 and 1.7 Hz, lH), 6.94 (m, lH), 6.43 (broadened s, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) £ 178.7, 164.1, 138.5, 135.6, 134.0, 133.2, 131.6, 130.4, 129.9, 123.8, 122.5, 1 10.9, 52.6.
IR vmax 3100, 2843, 1727, 1646, 1489, 1415, 1361, 1284, 1246, 1088, 1075, 1039, 836, 761 , 745 cm
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 332 and 330 | ( M · a) . 95 and 100%], 310 and 308 (both 6).
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M i l ) . 307.9927. C]3Hn79BrN03 requires ( M i l ) , 307.9922. Example 26 - Compo
Figure imgf000107_0001
[0109] A magnetically stirred mixture of compound 39 (5.89 g, 19.2 mmol) and CF3COOAg in dry THF (80 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with I2 (9.99 g, 39.3 mmol) and the resulting deep-red reaction mixture was slowly warmed to 20 °C over 16 h while being protected from light. After this time the recation mixture was filtered through a pad of TLC-grade silica and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 9: 1 v/v hexane/THF elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions {Rj = 0.5 in 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 40 (8.21 g, 77%) as a white, crystalline solid.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 ) £ 9.13 (s, 1H), 8.27 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, ΓΗ), 7.79 (dd, J = 8.4 and 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.21 (s, IH), 7.09 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) £ 176.5, 163.2, 139.4, 138.5, 136.3, 134.7, 131.8, 130.0, 129.7, 124.0, 100.2, 78.1, 52.9.
IR Vmax 3446, 31 10, 2950, 1730, 1670, 1488, 1435, 1380, 1351 , 1287, 1254, 1096, 835 cm 1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 584 and 582 [(M+Naf, 100 and 97%], 562 and 560 [(M+H)\ both 33].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M+H) , 559.7855. Ci3Hy 79Br127I2N03 requires (M+H) , 559.7855.
Example 27 - Compound 42
Figure imgf000107_0002
42 [0110] A magnetically stirred and degassed mixture of compound 40 (4.84 g, 8.66 mmol), compound 41 (2.51 g, 18.2 mmol), Pd(PPh3)2Cl2 (610 mg, 0.87 mmol) and Na2C03 (3.70 g, 34.6 mmol) in MeCN/H20 (75 mL of a 3:2 v/v mixture) was heated at 60 °C for 48 h while being maintained under a nitrogen atmosphere throughout this period. The cooled reaction mixture was passed through a pad of TLC-grade silica and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subject to flash chromatography (silica, 2: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.3 in 1 : 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 42 (3.02 g, 71 %) as a pale-yellow foam.
lH NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) £ 9.38 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.69 (dd, J = 8.3 and 2.3 Hz, l H), 7.36 (s, lH), 7.21 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.67 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 3.69 (s, 3H) (signals due to protons of phenolic hydroxyl groups not observed).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CD3OD) £ 180.1 , 165.6, 159.0, 157.2, 142.0, 138.7, 136.3, 134.3, 133.9, 133.6, 133.3, 132.5, 130.2, 127.1 , 127.0, 124.5, 123.0, 122.3, 1 16.2, 1 16.1 , 53.0. IR vraax 3315, 2954, 2873, 1732, 1712, 1636, 1612, 1457, 1434, 1419, 1258, 1230, 1 159, 1 100, 830, 736 cm 1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 516 and 514 [(M+Na) , 93 and 100%], 494 and 492 | (M I I ) . 20 and 19].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M+Naf, 514.0265. C25H18 79BrN a05 requires (M a ) . 514.0266.
Example 28 - Compound 43
Figure imgf000108_0001
43
[0111 ] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 42 (1.26 g, 2.57 mmol) and N,N-di- iso -propyl ethyl amine (3.32 g, 25.7 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 mL) maintained at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with freshly prepared MOMCl ( 12 mL of an 2.14 M solution in dry dichloromethane, 25.7 mmol). The resulting light-yellow reaction mixture was warmed to 20 °C over 16 h then treated, successively, with NH4CI (50 mL of a saturated aqueous solution) and H20 (100 raL) before being extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (1 x 150 mL) then dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) and concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.6 in 1 : 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate) gave compound 43 (1.51 g, 99%) as a pale-yellow foam.
1H MR (400 MHz, CDC13) 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 8.4 and 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1 H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.07 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.89 (complex m, 4H), 6.81 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.1 1 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 3H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) £ 178.5, 164.0, 157.4, 156.0, 139.5, 137.2, 135.3, 133.8, 132.5, 132.2, 132.0, 130.9, 129.2, 128.2, 125.2, 123.4, 123.0, 122.4, 1 16.2, 1 16.0, 94.5, 94.4, 56.3, 56.1, 52.6.
IR vmax 2953, 2902, 2827, 1732, 1662, 1461 , 1286, 1235, 1 151 , 1077, 994, 836 cm 1. MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 604 and 602 [(M+Na)+, 100 and 97%], 582 and 580 | ( M 11 ) , 33 and 28].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M+Naf , 602.0794. C29H26 79BrNNa07 requires (M a) . 602.0790.
Example 29 - Compound 44
Figure imgf000109_0001
44
[0112] A magnetically stirred suspension of -PrPPh3I (1.44 g, 3.16 mmol) in dry THF (20 mL) maintained at -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was treated with /?-BuLi (1.82 mL of a 1.6 M solution in hexane, 2.91 mmol), and the ensuing red suspension stirred at -78 °C for 0.5 h before being added, over 0.17 h, to a magnetically solution of compound 43 (1.41 g, 2.43 mmol) in dry THF (40 mL) maintained at -78 °C. The reaction mixture thus formed was transferred to an ice-water bath and maintained at ca. 0 °C for 1 h then treated, successively, with NH4C1 (10 mL of a saturated aqueous solution) and water (40 mL) before being extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (1 x 100 mL) then dried (Na2S04), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 15: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rf = 0.6 in 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 44 (1.16 g, 79%) as a pale-yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) S I.93 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, l H), 7.55 (dd, J = 8.4 and 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.04 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (m, 4H), 6.78 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.45 (s, lH), 5.49 (s, l H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 5.1 1 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 3H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.77 (s, 3H).
13C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 164.9, 156.4, 155.3, 137.6, 135.3, 135.0, 133.6, 132.8,
132.3, 132.2(4), 132.2(0), 130.4, 129.5, 129.1, 126.0, 122.8, 121.4, 116.1, 1 15.9, 1 14.5,
109.4, 94.7, 94.6, 56.2, 56.0, 52.6, 27.0, 20.3.
I R Vmax 2951, 2900, 1733, 1515, 1486, 1284, 1232, 1 151, 1077, 999, 834, 731 cm 1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 630 and 628 | (M · a) . 100 and 90%], 608 and 606 | ( M I I ) . 38 and
40].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M i l ) . 606.1494. C32H33 79BrN06 requires (M i l ) . 606.1491.
Example 30 - Compo
Figure imgf000110_0001
45
[0113] A magnetically stirred mixture of compound 44 (2.76 g, 4.57 mmol) and Ph2S (44 mg, 0.23 mmol) in dry THF (80 mL) was treated with palladium on carbon (1.05 g of 10% w/w material), and the ensuing black suspension stirred at 20 °C under a balloon of hydrogen for 48 h then filtered through a pad of TLC-grade silica. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 9: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.6 in 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 45 (2.62 g, 94%) as a pale-yellow foam.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 7.92 (d, J = 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (dd, J = 8.4 and 2.4 Hz, IH), 7.18-7.1 1 (complex m, 3H), 6.91-6.85 (complex m, 4H), 6.76 (d, J = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.24 (s, IH), 5.13 (s, 2H), 5.10 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 2.25 (dd, J = 15.2 and 7.0 Hz, IH), 2.16 (dd, J = 15.2 and 7.2 Hz, IH), 1.70 (m, IH), 0.88 (m, 6H). 13C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) £ 164.8, 156.3, 155.1, 138.0, 135.2, 133.9, 133.8, 132.8, 132.3, 132.2, 130.7, 129.6, 128.9, 126.4, 122.0, 121.6, 116.1 , 115.8, 107.8, 94.7, 94.6, 56.3, 56.1 , 52.6, 36.3, 27.8, 22.7(8), 22.7(5).
IR vmax 2952, 2899, 1737, 1515, 1486, 1283, 1233, 1151, 1078, 999, 836 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 610 and 608 | (\M I ) . 100 and 92%], 632 and 630 | (M \a) . 90 and
88].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M+H)\ 608.1647. C32H35 79BrN06 requires (M+H) , 608.1648.
Example 31 - Compound 46
Figure imgf000111_0001
46
[0114] A magnetically stirred mixture of compound 45 (647 mg, 1.06 mmol), acrolein diethyl acetal (1.38 g, 10.6 mmol), tetra-«-butyl ammonium acetate (640 mg, 2.12 mmol), K2C03 (220 mg, 1.59 mmol), KC1 (80 mg, 1.06 mmol) and Pd(OAc)2 (120 mg, 0.53 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 raL) was heated at 100 °C in a sealed tube for 48 h. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of TLC-grade silica and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 9: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.5 in 4: 1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 46 (453 mg, 65%) as a clear, yellow oil. 1H NMR [400 MHz, (CD3)2CO] 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d,J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (d,J= 8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d,J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.80 (m, 3H), 6.36 (dd, J= 16.2 and 4.9 Hz, lH), 6.27 (s, 1H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 5.10 (m, 3H), 3.73-3.64 (complex m, 5H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.43 (s, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 2.33 (dd, J= 15.0 and 7.1 Hz, 1H), 2.23 (dd, J= 15.0 and 7.2 Hz, 1H), 1.70 (m, IH), 1.20 (m, 6H), 0.89 (m, 6H).
1 C NMR [100 MHz, (CD )2CO] δ 166.5, 157.4, 156.2, 138.9, 137.4, 134.5, 133.3, 132.8, 132.2, 131.9, 131.4, 130.7, 129.7, 129.5, 127.7, 122.6, 116.9, 116.5, 108.5, 101.9, 95.4, 95.3, 61.7, 56.3, 56.1, 52.7, 37.2, 28.6, 23.1, 15.9, 15.8.
IR Vmax 2853, 2898, 1719, 1515,1302, 1232, 1198, 1150, 1077, 997, 921,837, 788 cm"1. MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 680 |(M \'a)\ 15%], 658 | ( M II) .100].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M il) .658.3389. C^s Os requires (M il) .658.3380. Example 32 - Compound 47
Figure imgf000112_0001
47
[0115] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 46 (453 mg, 0.69 mmol) in THF/water/ethanol (20 mL of a 1:1:2 v/v/v mixture) was treated with KOH (386 mg, 6.9 mmol) and the ensuing mixture stirred at 20 °C for 24 h then acidified, using HC1 (2 M aqueous solution), to pH 2. The mixture thus obtained was diluted with brine (50 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (3 x 100 mL) before being dried (Na2S04), filtered, and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 3:1 v/v hexane/acetone elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R = 0.6 in 1:1 v/v hexane/acetone), compound 47 (353 mg, 90%) as a light- yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 9.71 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, lH), 8.06 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.71 (dd,J= 8.3 and 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d,J= 16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d,J= 8.2 Hz, IH), 7.12 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.91-6.84 (complex m, 4H), 6.75 (dd, J= 16.0 and 7.6 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.24 (s, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 5.04 (s, 2H), 3.46 (s, 3H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.29 (dd, J= 15.2 and 7.0 Hz, IH), 2.19 (dd, J= 15.2 and 7.2 Hz, lH), 1.66 (m, 1H), 0.85 (m, 6H) (signal due to carboxylic acid group proton not observed).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDCI3) δ 193.4, 169.1, 156.3, 155.1, 150.1, 141.7, 133.6(3), 133.5(9), 132.5, 131.9, 131.8, 130.5, 130.2, 129.6, 129.0, 126.3, 122.3, 116.1, 115.9, 108.4, 94.7, 94.6, 56.2, 56.1, 36.4, 27.9, 22.7(2), 22.6(8).
IRvmax2954, 1680, 1515, 1232, 1198, 1150, 1121, 1078, 999, 920, 837, 731 cm"1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 570 |(M II) .100%].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M il) .570.2496. C,.,H, ,,ΝΟτ requires (M il) .570.2492.
Example 33 - Compound 48
Figure imgf000113_0001
48
[0116] A magnetically stirred solution of compound 47 (540 mg, 0.95 mmol) in dry methanol (25 mL) maintained under a nitrogen atmosphere at 20 °C was treated with MoOPH (825 mg, 1.9 mmol). The ensuing yellow-colored reaction mixture was stirred, while being protected from light, at 20 °C for 16 h then filtered through a pad of TLC- grade silica. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue thus obtained subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 2:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (Rj = 0.3 in 2:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 48 (277 mg, 50%) as a light-yellow oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 39.69 (d, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.24 (d, J= 2.1 Hz, IH), 7.50 (dd, J= 8.8 and 2.2 Hz, IH), 7.40 (d, J= 16.0 Hz, IH), 7.19-7.06 (complex m, 6H), 6.88 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 6.66 (dd, J = 16.0 and 7.5 Hz, IH), 6.34 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 5.26-5.21 (complex m, 2H), 5.14-5.09 (complex m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.44 (s, 3H), 2.35 (dd,J= 14.1 and5.7Hz, 1H), 1.97(dd,J = 14.1 and 7.0 Hz, lH), 1.83-1.71 (complex m, 1H), 0.94 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H), 0.83 (d, J= 6.7 Hz, 3H).
1 C NMR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 193.8, 193.2, 167.4, 161.3, 159.4, 156.5, 149.8, 139.1, 133.4, 131.7, 130.4, 130.2(9), 130.2(7), 129.3, 122.3, 122.1, 122.0, 118.4, 117.0, 116.4, 116.1, 94.6, 94.4, 91.2, 56.6, 56.2, 42.4, 24.1, 23.1.
IR vmax2959, 1740, 1702, 1679, 1607, 1498, 1389, 1237, 1152, 1121, 1079, 989 cm 1. MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 606 [(M+Na , 90%], 584 |(M H) .100].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M+Na)', 606.2107. Ca-^NNaOs requires (M a) . 606.2104.
Example 34 - Compound 49
Figure imgf000114_0001
49
[0117] A magnetically stirred mixture of compound 48 (62 mg, 0.11 mmol), (7ί)-3,3'- (C7F7)2-BINOL (38 mg, 0.05 mmol), potassium l-(/-butyloxycarbonyl)-3- indoletrifluoroborate (137 mg, 0.43 mmol) and molecular sieves (300 mg of 4 A powdered material) in dry toluene (3 mL) was heated at 80 °C in a sealed tube for 48 h. The cooled reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of TLC-grade silica and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue thus obtained was subjected to flash chromatography (silica, 2:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate elution) to afford, after concentration of the appropriate fractions (R/ = 0.2 in 2:1 v/v hexane/ethyl acetate), compound 49 (59 mg, 65%) as a mixture of diastereoisomers and as a clear, light-yellow oil.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 9.81 (s, lH), 8.19-8.03 (m, 2H), 7.49 (s, lH), 7.34-6.99 (complex m, lOH), 6.88 (m, 2H), 6.28 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.17 (complex m, 2H), 5.11 (m, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.49 (complex m, 3H), 3.46 (m, 3H), 3.42-3.07 (complex m, 2H), 2.32 (m, lH), 2.00-1.87 (complex m, lH), 1.77-1.66 (complex m, lOH), 0.96-0.90 (complex 3H), 0.84-0.77 (complex m, 3H).
1 C MR (100 MHz, CDC13) δ 199.9, 199.8, 194.1(0), 194.0(7), 168.5(3), 168.5(1), 161.9, 161.8, 159.1, 156.2, 149.7, 139.4(2), 139.3(6), 136.2, 136.1, 135.9, 134.7, 134.5, 130.6, 130.3, 130.2, 130.1, 129.7(1), 129.6(5), 129.2(0), 129.1(5), 124.9, 122.9, 122.8(4), 122.7(8), 122.6(2), 122.6(0), 122.4, 122.3, 122.2, 122.0, 121.7, 121.6, 119.3(3), 119.2(7), 118.2, 118.1, 116.8, 116.7, 116.0, 115.6(0), 115.5(7), 115.2(8), 115.2(7), 94.5(4), 94.5(2), 94.4, 91.3, 91.2, 84.2, 56.5, 56.1, 49.0, 48.9, 42.1, 42.0, 35.9, 35.8, 29.8, 28.3, 24.0, 23.9, 23.1.
MS (ESI, +ve): m/z 801 [(M+H) , 100%].
HRMS (ESI, +ve) Found: (M il) .801.3381. C47H49N2O10 requires (M il) .801.3387. Crystallographic Study Crystallographic Data for Compound 14
[0118] CsoHsiNOs, M = 485.58, T = 150 K, triclinic, space group PI, Z = 2, a = 8.4206(3) A, h = 13.0965(9) A, c = 13.5607(7) A; a = 62.238(6)°, β = 82.896(4)°, γ = 77.063(4)°; V - 1289.42(14) A3, Dx = 1.251 g cm 3, 5075 unique data (26 = 144.8°), R = 0.038 [for 4676 reflections with / > 2.0σ(/)]; Rw = 0.099 (all data), S = 1.00.
Crystallographic Data for Compound 2
[0119] C27H23NO4, M= 425.48, T = 150 K, monoclinic, space group 2,/a, Z = 4, a = 10.16164(12) A, b = 18.7826(3) A, c = 11.49157(17) A; β = 97.3768(13)°; V = 2175.15(5) A3, Dx = 1.299 g cm 3, 8421 unique data (26»max = 144.6°), R = 0.048 [for 7160 reflections with / > 2.0σ(/)]; Rw = 0.096 (all data), S = 1.00.
[0120] Crystallographic Data for Compound 22
[0121] 2(C28H27 03).CH2Cl2, M= 468.01, T= 150 K, monoclinic, space group Plxln, Z = 8, a = 10.5581(1) A, b = 24.5948(3) A, c = 19.2677(2) A; β = 93.3707(10)°; V = 4994.67(9) A3, Dx = 1.245 g cm 3, 9706 unique data (26 x = 144.2°), R = 0.051 [for 8763 reflections with / > 2.0σ(7)]; Rw = 0.126 (all data), S = 1.00. Structure Determination
[0122] Images were measured on a Nonius Kappa CCD diffractometer (MoKa, graphite monochromator, λ = 0.71073 A) and data extracted using the DENZO package (DENZO-SMN. Z. Otwinowski and W. Minor, W. Processing of X-ray diffraction data collected in oscillation mode. In Methods in Enzymology, Volume 276: Macromolecular Crystallography, Part A; C. W. Carter Jr. and R. M. Sweet, Eds.; Academic Press: New York, 1997; pp. 307-326). Structure solution was by direct methods (SIR92) (A. Altomare, et al, J. Appl. Crystallogr., 1994, 27, 435). The structure of compounds 2, 14 and 22 were refined using the CRYSTALS program package (P. W. Betteridge, et al, J. Appl. Crystallogr., 2003, 36, 1487).
Cytotoxicty Assay
[0123] Cell lines were cultivated in 10 cm dishes (Corning, Inc.) in nonsmall cell lung cancer (NSCLC) cell-culture medium: RPMI/L-glutamine medium (Invitrogen, Inc.), 1000 U/mL penicillin (Invitrogen, Inc.), 1 mg/mL streptomycin (Invitrogen, Inc.), and 5% fetal bovine serum (Atlanta Biologicals, Inc.). Cell lines were grown in a humidified environment in the presence of 5% C02 at 37 °C. For cell viability assays, HCC366, A549, and H2286 cells (60 μΥ) were plated individually at a density of 1200, 100 and 500 cells/well, respectively, in 384-well microtiter assay plates (Bio-one; Greiner, Inc.). After incubating the assay plates overnight under the growth conditions described above, purified compounds were dissolved and diluted in DM SO and subsequently added to each plate with final compound concentrations ranging from 50 μΜ to 1 nM and a final DMSO concentration of 0.5%. After an incubation of 96 h under growth conditions, Cell Titer Glo reagent (Promega, Inc.) was added to each well (10 mL of a 1 :2 dilution in NSCLC culture medium) and mixed. Plates were incubated for 10 min at room temperature, and luminescence was determined for each well using an Envision multimodal plate reader (Perkin-Elmer, Inc.). Relative luminescence units were normalized to the untreated control wells (cells plus DMSO only). Data were analyzed using the Assay Analyzer and Condoseo modules of the Screener Software Suite (GeneData, Inc.). [0124] As shown in Table 3, the compounds of the present invention are active against the nonsmall cell lung cancer cell lines HCC366 and A549. The AC50 is the concentration at which activity reaches 50% of maximum level.
Table 3
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Brefeldin A -6.80 -6.98
+ve control
Figure imgf000119_0001

Claims

Claims:
1. A process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000120_0001
comprising the step of oxidative cyclization of a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000120_0002
(Π) wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C1 -6alkoxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl;
R' " are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C\. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RM are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA I RA:('-('R A iRA 1 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together fonn a bond and RA3 and RA6 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or (iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R~; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-6haloalkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-ealkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci^alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000122_0001
optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
2. The process according to claim 1 for the preparation of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000123_0001
comprising the step of oxidative cyclization of a compound of Formula (Ila)
Figure imgf000123_0002
(Ila) wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alky lhetero aryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
R is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, Ci-ealkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or 4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
3. The process according to claim 1 or 2 for the preparation of a compound of Formula (lb)
Figure imgf000125_0001
comprising the step of oxidative cyclization of a compound of Formula (lib)
Figure imgf000126_0001
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is O, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Cj. ealkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C ^heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or when two R or two R" substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2- O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
4. The process according to claim 1 , for the preparation of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000127_0001
comprising the step of oxidative cyclisation of a compound of Formula (lie)
Figure imgf000127_0002
wherein p is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted C\. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1 -6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1 -6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- vcycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C -7c-ycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or 7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
5. The process according to claim 3, wherein the compound of Formula (lib) is prepared by coupling of a compound of Formula (Illb)
Figure imgf000129_0001
(nib) wherein
U' and IT are independently selected from Br, I, CF^SO.r and CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-;
V is -CHO or -C(0)R9;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl;
R2, R3 and p are as defined in claim 3: with a compound of Formula (IVb)
Figure imgf000129_0002
(IVb) wherein are each independently H or C1-6alkyl; or
R10 and R1 1, together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C1-3alkyl;
4
R' and q are as defined in claim 3: to form a compound of Formula (Vb)
Figure imgf000130_0001
(Vb) followed by coupling of a compound of Formula (VIb)
Figure imgf000130_0002
wherein
R5 and r are as defined in claim 3: with the compound of Fonnula (Vb) to fonn a compound of Fonnula (Vllb) C02R3
(Vllb) followed by conversion of the compound of Formula (Vllb) to a compound of Formula (lib).
6. A compound of Fonnula (I), as defined in claim 1 , prepared according to the process of claim 1.
7. A compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000131_0001
wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3.7heterocycloalkyl, and C1 -6haloalkyl;
RA1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci-ehaloalkyl, Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and R 3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and
RA6
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or (ii) RM and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3.7cycloa.kyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or when two R or two R" substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2- O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members; with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
8. The compound according to claim 7 of Formula (la)
Figure imgf000134_0001
(la) wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH; R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Q. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci- alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cyc.oa.kyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members, with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
9. The compound according to claim 7 or 8 of Formula (lb)
Figure imgf000136_0001
(lb)
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted C i_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci.ealkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or two R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2- O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members; with the proviso that the compound is not discoipyrrole A, discoipyrrole B or discoipyrrole D.
The compound according to claim 7 of Formula (Ic)
Figure imgf000138_0001
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; s is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7c-ycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci- alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- vcycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3.7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to fonn a 3- to-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members. 1. A compound of Formula (II)
wherein m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0 or 1 ;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or H;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C1-6alkoxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; RA1"A6 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl,
Figure imgf000140_0001
Cu 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, - C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6; or when m is 1 ,
(i) RA2 and RA3 may optionally together form a bond and RA1 and RA4 are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA2 and RA3 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA1RA2C-CRA3RA4 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R"; or when m and n are both 1 ,
(i) RA4 and RA5 may optionally together form a bond and RA3 and
RA6
are as defined above or together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R2; or
(ii) RA4 and RA5 together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form a saturated or unsaturated carbocyclic or heterocyclic group, wherein the carbocyclic or heterocyclic groups are optionally substituted by one or more R ; or
(iii) RA3RA4C-CRA5RA6 forms an aryl or heteroaryl group, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl groups are optionally substituted by one or more R~; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R" and RJ are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or 4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2-0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to -membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
12. The compound according to claim 1 1 of Formula (Ila)
Figure imgf000142_0001
wherein p is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
W is O, S, NH or CH2;
Z is O, S or NH;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted Ci. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7c-ycloalkyl, optionally substituted C3-7heterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1 -6haloalkyl, Ci-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
X is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R4;
Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-6alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl,
heterocycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted by one or more R5; or
X and Y, together with the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl group; wherein each aryl or heteroaryl group is optionally substituted by one or more R ;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1 -6alkyl, Ci^alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective aryl or heteroaryl groups, they are joined to form a methylenedioxy, -CH2-O-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted Ci-ehaloalkyl; 7 8
R and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci^alkyl and optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
The compound according to claim 1 1 or 12 of Formula (lib)
Figure imgf000144_0001
wherein p is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; q is 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; r is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted C i_ 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted Qwheterocycloalkyl, and C1-6haloalkyl; each R" is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, C1-6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
R4 and R5 are each independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted Cj_6alkyl, C]_6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and - NR7C(0)R6; or
4 5
when two R or two R substituents are attached to adjacent carbon atoms on the respective phenyl rings, they are joined to form a methyl enedioxy, -CH2- 0-CH2-, group;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C -7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C^haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-ealkyl and optionally substituted C - 7cycloalkyl; or
7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
14. The compound according to claim 1 1 of Formula (lie)
Figure imgf000145_0001
wherein p is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; s is 0, 1 , 2, 3 or 4; W is O, S, NH or CH2; Z is O, S or NH;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted C\. 6alkyloxy, optionally substituted alkylthio, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted C -7heterocycloalkyl, and C1 -6haloalkyl; each R2 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1 -6haloalkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substituted heterocycloalkyl, optionally substituted alkylaryl, optionally substituted alkylheteroaryl, -CN, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R3 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl; each R4 is independently selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkyloxy, optionally substituted C3- vcycloalkyl, -CN, -NR7R8, -C(0)OR6, -C(0)NR7R8, and -NR7C(0)R6;
R6 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted Ci-6alkyl, optionally substituted C -7c-ycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl;
7 8
R' and R° are independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, optionally substituted C1-6alkyl and optionally substituted C3- 7cycloalkyl; or 7 8
R and R when attached to the same nitrogen atom are combined to form a 3- to 7-membered ring having from 0 to 2 additional heteroatoms as ring members.
15. A compound selected from the group consisting of: a compound of Formula (Illb):
Figure imgf000147_0001
(nib) wherein
U1 and IT are independently selected from Br, I, CF3SO3- and CF3CF2CF2CF2SO3-;
V is -CHO or -C(0)R9;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of optionally substituted C1-6alkyl, optionally substituted C3-7cycloalkyl and optionally substituted C1-6haloalkyl;
R", R' and p are as defined in claim 3; a compound of Formula (IVb):
Figure imgf000147_0002
(IVb) wherein are each independently H or C1-6alkyl; or
R10 and R1 1, together with the oxygen atoms to which they are attached, form a 5 to 7 membered ring, optionally substituted by one or more C1-3alkyl; and q are as defined in claim 3; a compound of Formula (Vb):
Figure imgf000148_0001
(Vb) a compound of Formula (VIb):
Figure imgf000148_0002
wherein
R and r are as defined in claim 3: and a compound of Formula (Vllb): C02RJ
(Vllb)
16. A compound selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
150
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound prepared by the process of any one of claims 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of any one of claims 6 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier or diluent.
18. A method for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2), comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound prepared by the process of any one of claims 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of any one of claims 6 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 17.
19. The method according to claim 18, wherein the disease state or condition is selected from the group consisting of cancer, osteoarthritis, fibrosis, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoporosis, cartilage injury, choroidal neovascularization and liver cirrhosis.
20. The method according to claim 19, wherein the cancer is a lymphoma, sarcoma or carcinoma.
21. The method according to claim 19 or claim 20, wherein the cancer is of the lung, breast or ovary.
22. The method according to claim 19, wherein the cancer is non-small-cell lung cancer or squamous cell carcinoma of the lung.
23. The method according to claim 19, wherein the fibrosis is of the lung, liver or kidney.
24. Use of a compound prepared by the process of any one of claims 1 to 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a compound of any one of claims 6 to 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease state or condition mediated by the discoidin domain receptor 2 (DDR2).
PCT/AU2016/000397 2015-12-14 2016-12-13 Modular syntheses of discoipyrrole type alkaloids and analogues WO2017100819A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2015905151A AU2015905151A0 (en) 2015-12-14 Modular synthesis of discoipyrrole type alkaloids and analogues
AU2015905151 2015-12-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017100819A1 true WO2017100819A1 (en) 2017-06-22

Family

ID=59055374

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2016/000397 WO2017100819A1 (en) 2015-12-14 2016-12-13 Modular syntheses of discoipyrrole type alkaloids and analogues

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2017100819A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019189731A1 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 住友化学株式会社 Heterocyclic compound and arthropod pest control composition containing same

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014071247A1 (en) * 2012-11-02 2014-05-08 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Pyrrol-1 -yl benzoic acid derivates useful as myc inhibitors
WO2015073864A1 (en) * 2013-11-15 2015-05-21 The Wisar Institute Of Anatomy And Biology Ebna1 inhibitors and their method of use

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2014071247A1 (en) * 2012-11-02 2014-05-08 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Pyrrol-1 -yl benzoic acid derivates useful as myc inhibitors
WO2015073864A1 (en) * 2013-11-15 2015-05-21 The Wisar Institute Of Anatomy And Biology Ebna1 inhibitors and their method of use

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AIELLO, F. ET AL.: "Direct cyclization of ortho-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)aryl and heteroaryl carboxylic acids into fused pyrrolizinones", TETRAHEDRON LETTERS, vol. 51, 2010, pages 6635 - 6636, XP027484127, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.tetlet.2010.10.060 *
AIELLO, F. ET AL.: "Efficient synthesis of 9H-pyrrolo[1,2-a]indol-9-one derivatives based on active manganese dioxide promoted intramolecular cyclization", TETRAHEDRON, vol. 66, 2010, pages 274 - 277, XP026790797 *
DATABASE CAS 10 November 2011 (2011-11-10), retrieved from STN Database accession no. 1343725-11-0 *
DATABASE CAS 11 December 2001 (2001-12-11), retrieved from STN Database accession no. 374701-50-5 *
DATABASE CAS 2 September 1999 (1999-09-02), retrieved from STN Database accession no. 236734-23-9 *
DATABASE CAS 22 August 2004 (2004-08-22), retrieved from STN Database accession no. 730252-34-3 *
GRANDE, F. ET AL.: "Active manganese dioxide promoted cyclization of ortho-(1H- pyrrol-1-yl)aryl and heteroaryl carboxylic acids to 5H-pyrrolo[1,2-a][3,1]benzoxazin-5- one derivatives", TETRAHEDRON, vol. 69, 2013, pages 9951 - 9956, XP028756332, DOI: doi:10.1016/j.tet.2013.09.072 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019189731A1 (en) 2018-03-30 2019-10-03 住友化学株式会社 Heterocyclic compound and arthropod pest control composition containing same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11634422B2 (en) Inhibitors of activin receptor-like kinase
AU2014337064B2 (en) Bromodomain inhibitors
US7285666B2 (en) Pyrazolo[1,5-a] pyridines and medicines containing the same
JP2016537369A (en) Substituted 4,5,6,7-tetrahydropyrazolo [1,5-A] pyrazine derivatives as casein kinase 1D / E inhibitors
KR20210069085A (en) Isoindoline compounds, methods for their preparation, pharmaceutical compositions and uses
KR20230002419A (en) BCL-2 inhibitor
JP2022504620A (en) Thyroid hormone receptor beta agonist compound
JP7398135B2 (en) Ubiquitin-specific protease inhibitor and its production method and application
RU2742234C1 (en) Coumarin-like cyclic compound as mek inhibitor and use thereof
CN112292374A (en) Novel phosphoinositide 3-kinase inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
CN115073469A (en) Preparation and application of pyrrolopyrimidine compound as kinase inhibitor
KR102485731B1 (en) JAK Enzyme Inhibitors and Manufacturing Methods and Uses Thereof
JP2023525116A (en) Preparation and Application of Biaryl Ring-Bound Aromatic Heterocyclic Derivatives as Immunomodulators
CN110804059B (en) Carbamate compound, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
WO2021099832A2 (en) Adenosine receptor antagonist compounds
WO2017100819A1 (en) Modular syntheses of discoipyrrole type alkaloids and analogues
EP4055013B1 (en) Wdr5 inhibitors and modulators
CN114075218A (en) USP7 inhibitor
RU2738937C2 (en) Method of producing a thiazole derivative
CN112939982A (en) Alkyne heterocyclic BTK inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
CN115028633A (en) Preparation and application of pyrrolopyrimidine compounds
CN115073451A (en) KRAS G12D Preparation and application of mutant protein inhibitor
Abu‐Shqara et al. Arene imine derivatives of nitrogen heterocycles: 1a, 9b‐dihydrobenz [h]‐azirino [f] quinoline, 1a, 9b‐dihydrobenz [f] azirino [h] quinoline and 1a, 9b‐dihydroazirino [f][1, 10] phenanthroline
CN116023368A (en) CRBN immunomodulators
EA040675B1 (en) ACTIVIN-LIKE RECEPTOR KINASE INHIBITORS

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16874110

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16874110

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1